India, Karnataka State Highway Improvement Project

The initial environmental examination is a document of the borrower. The views expressed herein do not necessarily represent those of ADB’s Board of Directors, Management, or staff, and may be preliminary in nature.

Environmental Assessment Report

Initial Environmental Examination for AEP3 57 (Gubbi – Mandya) Project Number: 42513 October 2010

IND: Karnataka State Highway Improvement Project Prepared by Public Works Department, Government of Karnataka for the Asian Development Bank (ADB).

LIST OF ACRONYMS and Definition of Terms ADB Asian Development Bank ASI Archaeological Survey of India BOQ Bill of Quantities CAO Chief Administrative Officer CFE Consent of Establishment CFO Consent for Operation CO Carbon monoxide COI Corridor of Impact CPCB Central Pollution Control Board CSC Construction supervision consultant dB decibel EC Environmental Clearance EE Executive engineer EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EMP Environmental management plan EMPIU Environmental management plan implementation unit EO Environmental Officer GoI Government of India GoK Government of Karnataka HC Hydrocarbon IEE Initial Environmental Examination IRC Indian Road Congress KSHIP Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project KSPCB Karnataka State Pollution Control Board LHS Left hand side MDR Major District Roads MFI Multilateral Financing Institutions MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forestrs MoRTH Ministry of Road, Transport and Highways NH National Highway NOC No objection certifcate Nox Nitrogen oxides Pb lead PCB Pollution Control Board PD Project Director PIU Project Implementation Unit PUC Pollution under Control Certificate PWD Public Works Department RAP Resettlement action plan RHS Right hand side RoW Right of way RSPM Respirable suspended particulate matter SDRC Social Development Resettlement Cell SEAC State Level Environmental Appraisal Committee SEIAA State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority SH State Highway SIA Social impact assessment

ii

SOS Strategic Option Study Sox oxides of sulphur SPCB State Pollution Control Board SPM Suspended particulate matter SPS Safeguard Policy Statement Subproject road packages under KSHIP UNESCO United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization

iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................................vii

E1 Project background:.................................................................................................................vii E2 Scope of Works .......................................................................................................................vii E3 Improvement proposal.............................................................................................................vii E4 Key Environmental Laws & Policies: ......................................................................................viii E5 Applicability of EIA Notification 2006 and ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009.............viii E6 Clearances required for the project: .......................................................................................viii E7 Baseline Environment:.............................................................................................................. x E8 Analysis of Alternatives: ........................................................................................................... x E9 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures: ................................................. x E10 Stakeholder Consultation: ......................................................................................................xiii E11 Environmental Management Plan: .........................................................................................xiii

1 INTRODUCTION .............................................................................................................................1 1.1 Project Background ..................................................................................................................1 1.2 Objectives of the Study:............................................................................................................2 1.3 Extent of IEE.............................................................................................................................3 1.4 Methodology .............................................................................................................................3 1.5 IEE Content ..............................................................................................................................3 1.6 Organisational structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU) ................................................4

2 DESCRIPTION OF SUBPROJECT.................................................................................................6 2.1 Subproject Location..................................................................................................................6

2.1.1 Scope of Works............................................................................................................... 6 2.1.2 Improvement proposal .................................................................................................... 6 2.1.3 Corridor of Impact (CoI) and Right of Way (RoW) ........................................................... 6 2.1.4 Traffic Details per Route ................................................................................................. 8 2.1.5 Alignment and Profile ...................................................................................................... 8 2.1.6 Realignments and Bypasses........................................................................................... 8 2.1.7 Major and minor junctions ............................................................................................... 9 2.1.8 Road Construction Materials ........................................................................................... 9 2.1.9 Street Furniture ............................................................................................................. 10 2.1.10 Bus Lay-bays ................................................................................................................ 10 2.1.11 Constructions and replacement of bridges and culverts ................................................ 10 2.1.12 Railway Crossing: ......................................................................................................... 11 2.1.13 Design Cross Sections and Road widening and improvements: ................................... 11

2.2 Schedule for Implementation..................................................................................................14 3 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK...........................................................15

3.1 Policies and Regulatory Framework of the Government of India...........................................15 3.1.1 Constitutional Provisions............................................................................................... 15 3.1.2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974: ................................................. 15 3.1.3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 ....................................................... 15 3.1.4 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 ....................................................................... 16 3.1.5 EIA Notification (September 2006 and February 2009): ................................................ 16 3.1.6 Interpretation and applicability of EIA Notification, 2006 for subproject road: ................ 16 3.1.7 Environmental Clearance Process ................................................................................ 17 3.1.8 The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989................................. 19 3.1.9 Wildlife Protection Act, 1972 ......................................................................................... 19 3.1.10 The Indian Forest Act, 1927.......................................................................................... 19 3.1.11 Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988) ................................................ 19 3.1.12 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958 .................. 20 3.1.13 Fly Ash Notification, 1999 ............................................................................................. 20 3.1.14 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991............................................................................... 21 3.1.15 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 ....................................................................................... 21

3.2 Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (June 2009) ..................................21 3.3 Administrative Framework: .....................................................................................................22

3.3.1 Ministry of Environment and Forest............................................................................... 22 3.3.2 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),....................................................................... 22 3.3.3 Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), ...................................................... 22 3.3.4 The Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) ........................... 22

iv

3.4 Other Environmental Guidelines and Norms..........................................................................22 3.5 Clearances required for the subproject ..................................................................................23

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ....................................................................................25 4.1 Physical Environment .............................................................................................................25

4.1.1 Physiography and relief................................................................................................. 25 4.1.2 Climate.......................................................................................................................... 25 4.1.3 Rainfall .......................................................................................................................... 25 4.1.4 Temperature ................................................................................................................. 26 4.1.5 Wind Intensity and Direction.......................................................................................... 26 4.1.6 Monitoring of Ambient Air quality and Ambient Noise levels.......................................... 27 4.1.7 Noise level in the project area: ...................................................................................... 28 4.1.8 Water Resources .......................................................................................................... 28 4.1.9 Hydrogeology................................................................................................................ 29 4.1.10 Monitoring of water quality along the project area ......................................................... 29 4.1.11 Geology ........................................................................................................................ 30 4.1.12 Soils .............................................................................................................................. 30 4.1.13 Soil characteristics in the subproject area: .................................................................... 31

4.2 Land use pattern.....................................................................................................................31 4.2.1 Agriculture and cropping pattern ................................................................................... 31

4.3 Biological Component.............................................................................................................32 4.3.1 Fauna............................................................................................................................ 32 4.3.2 Flora.............................................................................................................................. 32 4.3.3 National parks ............................................................................................................... 32

4.4 Social Environment.................................................................................................................33 4.4.1 Demographic Features.................................................................................................. 33 4.4.2 Occupational Pattern..................................................................................................... 33 4.4.3 Sites of Tourist and Archaeological Interest .................................................................. 34

5 ANALYSIS ALTERNATIVES .........................................................................................................35 5.1 Introduction: ............................................................................................................................35 5.2 Project Alternatives.................................................................................................................35

5.2.1 No project scenario ....................................................................................................... 35 5.2.2 Project with alternatives ................................................................................................ 36 5.2.3 Subproject with mitigation measures............................................................................. 36

5.3 Evaluation of subproject alternatives:.....................................................................................36 5.4 Bypass alternatives.................................................................................................................37 5.5 Analysis of cross section type alternatives.............................................................................37 5.6 Preferred Alternative:..............................................................................................................37

6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES..........................38 6.1 Impact on Physical Environment ............................................................................................38

6.1.1 Climate.......................................................................................................................... 38 6.1.2 Natural Hazard.............................................................................................................. 39 6.1.3 Air quality ...................................................................................................................... 39 6.1.4 Noise............................................................................................................................. 42 6.1.5 Impact on Soil and Land use......................................................................................... 46

6.1.5.1 Loss of Productive Soil and Change in Land use........................................................46 6.1.5.2 Soil Erosion..................................................................................................................46 6.1.5.3 Borrow areas and Quarries..........................................................................................47 6.1.5.4 Compaction and contamination of Soil ........................................................................48

6.1.6 Impact on Ground water................................................................................................ 49 6.1.7 Impact on surface water bodies .................................................................................... 50 6.1.8 Impact on Hydrology and Drainage............................................................................... 52

6.2 Impact on Biological Environment ..........................................................................................52 6.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology ........................................................................................................ 52 6.2.2 Aquatic Ecology ............................................................................................................ 54

6.3 Management of Construction Debris/Waste...........................................................................55 6.4 Socioeconomic Impact ...........................................................................................................56

6.4.1 Positive Impacts............................................................................................................ 56 6.4.2 Negative Impacts .......................................................................................................... 56

6.5 Impacts due to Construction Camp and Immigration of Workers...........................................58

v

6.6 Impact on Safety and Health of Construction Workers and Accident Risk to Local Communities......................................................................................................................................58

6.6.1 Impacts on Occupational Health and Safety.................................................................. 58 6.6.2 Impacts on Community Health and Safety .................................................................... 60

7 STAKE HOLDER CONSULTATIONS ...........................................................................................62 7.1 Type of Consultations conducted ...........................................................................................62 7.2 Consultation during Environmental Screening .......................................................................62 7.3 Major findings of consultations ...............................................................................................63 7.4 Follow-up consultations ..........................................................................................................66

8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...................................................................................67 8.1 Environmental Management Plan ..........................................................................................67 8.2 Other Mitigation Plans ..........................................................................................................101

8.2.1 Resettlement Plan....................................................................................................... 101 8.2.2 Emergency Response Plan......................................................................................... 101 8.2.3 Construction Water Management Plan........................................................................ 101

8.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism.........................................................................................101 8.4 Environmental Monitoring programme .................................................................................102 8.5 Performance indicators.........................................................................................................105 8.6 Reporting system..................................................................................................................107 8.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS ...................................................................................111 8.8 Institutional Capacity Building...............................................................................................112

8.8.1 Training Components:................................................................................................. 113 8.8.2 Training Programme: .................................................................................................. 113

8.9 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGETARY PROVISIONS................................................................114 9 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS ...........................................................................118

LIST OF TABLES Table 1-1: Details of ADB funded Subproject roads under KSHIP II. .....................................................2 Table 2-1: Present and projected traffic by vehicle types along the subproject road (in Nos.) ..............8 Table 2-2: Details on realignments/bypasses of the subproject road.....................................................8 Table 2-3: Details of road construction materials and their locations. ....................................................9 Table 2-4: Details on treatment proposals for culverts of the subproject roads (Nos.) ........................11 Table 2-5: Details on treatment proposals for bridges of the subproject roads (Nos.) .........................11 Table 2-6: Guiding Parameters for up gradation of Road in project area.............................................11 Table 3-1: List of clearances required for the subproject...................................................................... 23 Table 4-1: The normal and actual average rainfall (in mm) in the project enroute. ..............................26 Table 4-2: Average Mean Maximum and Mean Minimum Temperature (0 C) of the Project Area.......26 Table 4-3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results in Project Area: .....................................................27 Table 4-4: Hourly Noise level and equivalent noise level in the project area .......................................28 Table 4-5: Water Contours and water Yield..........................................................................................29 Table 4-6: Water Quality along the Project area...................................................................................30 Table 4-7: Soil characteristics in subproject area .................................................................................31 Table 4-8: Demographic Features of the Study Area ...........................................................................33 Table 4-9: Workforce in project area (Rural).........................................................................................34 Table 5-1: Various alternatives of the project .......................................................................................36 Table 5-2: Cross sectional alternatives considered in the subproject. .................................................37 Table 6-1: Flood prone areas along subproject ....................................................................................39 Table 6-2: Emission factors of different vehicles (g/Km) ......................................................................41 Table 6-3: Pollution load of pollutants along the project routes (in Tons/Km) ......................................41 Table 6-4: Noise Impact in the project en route....................................................................................42 Table 6-5: Noise sensitive locations along the subproject....................................................................43 Table 6-6: Noise level (in dB (A)) due to Traffic along the project Road links ......................................45 Table 6-7: Water supply sources likely affected link wise in the project area (in Nos.) ........................50 Table 6-8: Girth wise likely impact on avenue trees (in Nos.)...............................................................53 Table 6-9: List of utilities being affected by the proposed roads (in Nos.)............................................57 Table 6-10: The Religious and cultural structures under impact in the project area (in Nos.)..............57 Table 6-11: The Community structure under impact in the project area (in Nos.)................................57 Table 7-1: Major findings of consultations - 57A...................................................................................63 Table 7-2: Major findings of consultations – 57B..................................................................................64 Table 7-3: Major findings of consultations - 57C ..................................................................................65

vi

Table 8-1: Environmental Management Plan (Part-A)..........................................................................68 Table 8-2: Environmental Management Plan – Bridges (Part-B)..........................................................91 Table 8-3: Environmental monitoring for Air, Water, Noise and Soil ..................................................103 Table 8-4: Performance Indicators and monitoring plan.....................................................................105 Table 8-5: Reporting System ..............................................................................................................108 Table 8-6: Summary Details of Reporting Formats ............................................................................109 Table 8-7: Training Modules for Environmental Management............................................................113 Table 8-8 : Bill of Quantities for Implementation of Environmental Management Action Plan to be executed under Civil Works Contract .................................................................................................115 Table 8-9: Bill of Quantities for Environmental Management Action Plan - Mandatory Works to be implemented by Government Departments/ agencies as per regulatory requirements.....................117

LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1-1: Organisation Structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU)..............................................5 Figure 2-1: Geographical location of the subproject road.......................................................................7 Figure 2-2: The rural and urban cross sections of the road in the proposed subproject road..............12 Figure 2-3: Implementation schedule of the subproject road................................................................14 Figure 3-1: The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance.......................................................18 Figure 4-1: Wind-rose Bangalore Airport Meteorological Station .........................................................27 Figure 8-1: Relationship among Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP and the contractor .........112 ANNEXURE ANNEX 1: PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE PROJECT AREA...................................................................119 ANNEX 2: CLIMATIC CONDITION OF THE PROJECT AREA..........................................................120 ANNEX 3: DRAINAGE AND RIVER BASINS OF THE PROJECT AREA.........................................121 ANNEX 4: IRRIGATION AND HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE PROJECT AREA..................................122 ANNEX 5: ROCKS AND MINERALS IN THE PROJECT AREA. .......................................................123 ANNEX 6: SOIL TYPE OF THE PROJECT AREA .............................................................................124 ANNEX 7: GENERAL LAND USE AND CROPPING PATTERN OF THE PROJECT AREA. ...........125 ANNEX 8: FORESTLAND TYPE IN THE PROJECT AREA. .............................................................126 ANNEX 9: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST –ROADS and HIGHWAYS 127

E EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

E1 Project background:

1. The Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project (KSHIP) is an initiative by the Public Works Department (PWD) of the Government of Karnataka (GoK), to undertake improvement of roads consisting of State Highways (SH) and Major District Roads (MDR). These roads were selected on the basis of a Strategic Option Study (SOS) carried out in 2003. Total stretch of 615.03 km of State Highways and MDRs has been considered for upgradation under the assistance of ADB funding. The proposed project roads constitute nine project corridors (Subprojects) that are spread across the state of Karnataka. The project is scheduled to be taken up for implementation in 2011 at the total estimated cost of Rs. 13,619 million. Initial Environmental Examination report has been prepared to address those stipulations fully and comprehensibly for upgradation of project corridor 57 covering a road length of 108.62 km stretching from Gubbi to Beeragonahalli near Yediyur to Kowdley to Mandya passing through Tumkur and Mandya districts of Karnataka state. The Environmental Assessment (Initial Environmental Examination) for the project corridor is done as per the EIA Notification, 2006 by Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), GoI as well as Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), June 2009.

E2 Scope of Works

2. The scope of works involve Upgradation works of improving existing single-lane and intermediate lane roads to 12m roadway with standard 2-lane 7m carriageway and alignment improvements to relevant IRC standards and other associated road and bridge works including improvement of major and minor bridges, culverts, road intersections, drains, road geometrics and road furniture.

E3 Improvement proposal

3. The improvement proposal for the project includes upgradation of existing carriageway. The main elements of the construction processes are given below.

4. Upgradation: Widening & Strengthening (including raising of embankment): The elements are:

Remove high shoulders & grub out bushes (some trees may get removed);

Remove existing pavement and widening to the required width;

Raise existing embankment where ever the possibility of seepage across the road line exists; presence or likelihood of field irrigation close to the road and where nature of soil is expansive in nature;

Widen road formation to the required width depending on the cross section types;

Construct new wider pavement with paved or unpaved shoulder, including surfacing and providing footpaths, ditches and drains, covered drains wherever necessary.

The upgradation works also include geometric improvements, structural improvements, repair/construction of bridges and culverts, junction improvements, etc.

viii

E4 Key Environmental Laws & Policies:

5. The Constitutional Provisions like Article 48 and 51-A (g) and 74th Amendment to the Constitution serve as principle guidelines of environmental protection. Further Regulations, Acts, Policies applicable to sustainability and environmental protection are as follows.

- EIA Notification, September 2006 & February 2009

- The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

- The Water (Prevention and Control) Act, 1974

- The Air (Prevention and Control) Act, 1981

- The Indian Forest Act, 1927

- The Karnataka Forest Act, 1963

- The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988)

- The Forest Conservation Rules, 1981

- The Wildlife Protection Act, 1972

- The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989

- National Environment Tribunal Act, 1995

- National Environment Appellate Authority Act, 1997

- The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958

- Town and Country Planning Act, 1976

- The Motor Vehicles Act 1988

- Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

- Coastal Regulation Zones Act

- The Factories Act 1956

6. The other guidelines and norms related to road construction by Indian Road Congress that help for environmental protection include, IRC: 104-1988, IRC: 36-1974, IRC: 10-1961, IRC: 36-1970, IRC: 43-1972, IRC: 72-1978, IRC: 33-1982, etc.

E5 Applicability of EIA Notification 2006 and ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement 2009

7. The Gubbi - Beeragonahalli near Yediyur - Kowdley - Mandya subproject is the upgradation (expansion) of existing state highway project having a length of greater than 30 km but involving additional right of way less than 20 m involving land acquisition has been categorized as ‘Category B’ project as per the MoEF’s EIA Notification, 2006 and the project requires Environmental Clearance from State Environmental Appraisal Committee. Environmental clearance has given vide letter no. SEIAA/80/ind/2008 dated 18th November 2008 (for 57C) and SEIAA/7/ind/2009 dated 1st October 2009 (for 57 A and B). As per ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement, the subproject road 57 has been categorized as Category ‘B’ project and requires Initial Environmental Examination.

E6 Clearances required for the project:

8. After reviewing the various applicable acts and statutes, as mentioned above, it is suggested that some clearances and permission are required for the project. A summary of clearances required for the present project is shown in the following table.

ix

Sl.No.

Subject Authority Granting

Clearance When

required Remarks

1 Environmental Clearance

State Environmental Appraisal Committee, GoK.

Before Construction

KSHIP’s responsibility. Environmental clearance has given vide letter no. SEIAA/80/ind/2008 dated 18th November 2008 and SEIAA/7/ind/2009 dated ist October 2009. .

2 Tree cutting and forest land diversion.

Department of Forest, GoK

Before Construction

KSHIP’s responsibility. Application for tree cutting clearance has been submitted on 3rd August 2010 and submission of application for forest land diversion is in progress.

3 Consents under Water (P&CP) Act, 1974 & Air (P&CP) Act,

Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), Bangalore

Before Construction

KSHIP’s responsibility. Consents have been obtained vide letter no. PCB/439/CFE/08/H.551 dated 22nd July 2008.

4 Permit for installation of crusher

KSPCB Before Construction

Contractor’s responsibility.

5 No Objection Certificate (NOC) for batching plant

KSPCB, Inspectors of Factories

Before Construction


6 Clearance for establishing Asphalt Plant



7 Installation of Generators

Karnataka Electricity company of respective regions

Before Installation


8 Clearance for excavation & transporting soil

Department of Mines & Geology/ Local Bodies

Before Quarrying


9 Permission for extraction of boulder

Department of Mines & Geology. Government of Karnataka

Before Quarrying

If the extraction of boulder is being procured from the existing quarry/supplier, it shall be ensured that, requisite license/ lease has been obtained from the concerned Authority.

10 Permission for extraction of sand


Before Quarrying

If the extraction of sand is being procured from the existing sand quarry/supplier, it shall be ensured that requisite license/lease has been obtained from the concerned Authority.

11 License for storing diesel

Commissioner of Explosives & KSPCB

During Construction


12 Labour camps District Health Officer During Construction


13 Clearance for crossing other waterways

Irrigation Department, Government of Karnataka

During Construction at the specific site


14 If water has to be taken from river / Reservoir

Concerned Water Authority



x

E7 Baseline Environment:

9. Information on baseline environment was collected from secondary sources of data for the macro environmental parameters like climate, physiography (geology and geomorphology), biological and socioeconomic environment of the project influence area. The micro-environmental details within the Corridor of Impact (CoI) have been collected from primary source of data such as base maps prepared by reconnaissance survey, extrapolation of environmental features on the proposed design, tree enumeration, analysis for environmental attributes along the project road.

E8 Analysis of Alternatives:

10. The subproject road is an existing State Highway with very limited alignment alternatives for selection. However analysis of alternatives have been done for bypasses, realignments, cross section types and construction materials alternatives to avoid the places of congestion, human settlements, environmentally sensitive areas, different construction materials etc. keeping in view traffic condition, obligatory points, geometric designs, congestions and socio economic viability and other environmental aspects of the region. Four alternatives were analysed for Gadag realignment and alternative II found to be the best choice among the other alternatives. Five cross section types have been considered for various stretches of the subproject. Discussion also includes consideration of alternatives such as no project scenario; project with alternatives and project with mitigation measures and alternatives Project with alternatives and project with mitigation measures were found acceptable. Following cross section type alternatives have been considered for the subproject.

C/S Type Description UR1A Rural cross-section UR1B Rural cross-section UR2 Rural cross-section (Through Village) UR3 Urban cross section in Built- up Area (with covered Drain) UR7 Rural cross section in cutting

E9 Anticipated environmental impacts and mitigation measures:

11. Some of the significant environmental impacts of Gubbi - Beeragonahalli near Yediyur - Kowdley - Mandya subproject road on the natural environment and nearby communities are discussed in the section. These impacts could be largely mitigated through engineering designs, good construction practices accompanied by a site specific mitigation measures.

12. Impact on Physical Environment: Though no change in the macro-climatic parameters (precipitation, temperature and wind) is envisaged due to the subproject, cutting of roadside trees, laying of paved surface and other construction activities temporarily modify the microclimate.

13. There would be an increase in daytime temperature near the newly paved surfaces of the road due to increase in the surface area of blacktop of widened road. This impact shall be mitigated by planting rows of avenue plantations.

xi

14. Raising of embankment height and improvement of both longitudinal and cross drainage shall be done to avoid flooding of flood prone section. Run off water recharge pits shall be constructed to facilitate the infiltration of runoff water into the ground.

15. Air quality along the subproject road alignment; congested major settlements locations like Gubbi, Yediyur, Kowdley, Mandya and at construction establishments such as batching plants, hot mix plants, crushers, etc. will be adversely impacted temporarily during construction activities. Asphalt plants, crushers and batching plants shall be sited at least 1 km in the downwind direction from the nearest human settlement. Vehicles delivering loose and fine materials like sand and fine aggregates shall be covered to reduce spills on existing roads. Water will be sprayed on earthworks, temporary haulage and detour roads on a regular basis. The hot mix plants will be fitted with dust extraction units and cyclones/scrubbers to reduce exhaust gases.

16. There will be gradual enhancement of air pollution due to increase in number of vehicles on the improved roads. Avenue and median plantation along the road sides and medians respectively should help to control dust and fugitive emissions by operating vehicles from reaching the receptors.

17. The impacts on noise due to the project will be of significance in both the construction as well as the operation stages. The community abutting subproject road and construction establishments will be adversely affected by increase in noise level due to operating equipments and construction activities of subproject road. All mitigation measures such as use of enclosures, walls, installation of mufflers around noisy equipment; substituting quieter equipment or construction methods; timing of noisier construction and demolition activities; providing Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) to the workers; locating construction establishments away from sensitive receptors; construction of noise barriers at sensitive receptors; etc.

18. Soil compaction and contamination is envisaged at locations such as construction camp, labour camp, concrete batching plant, hot mix plants, borrow areas, quarries and along access roads to these construction establishments. Soil erosion is anticipated at bridge and culvert construction sites. The major land use in the project area is agriculture and some stretches of the subproject constitutes built up areas /settlements at Gubbi, Yediyur, Kowdley, Mandya having active commercial and economic activity along the roadside. The agricultural and commercial activities will be disturbed temporarily during construction phase. As part of mitigation measures top soil shall be preserved and back filled after the rehabilitation of quarry/burrow areas Natural geographical contours and natural landscape shall be preserved and maintained. If haulage roads are inevitable on productive agricultural land, it shall be reclaimed to the original nature after the completion of construction activity. All construction establishments such as construction camps, labour camps, and material storage areas shall be rehabilitated to the original condition after the completion of construction work. Domestic solid waste from construction and labour camps shall be segregated into biodegradable and non biodegradable before being sent to treatment. Biodegradable wastes are treated by composting and non biodegradable wastes are either recycled or disposed off to authorised land fill site.

xii

19. Paved surface of the road will reduce the percolation of runoff water and decreases the ground water recharge. Ground water recharge pits shall be provided at suitable intervals to facilitate the recharge of runoff water in to the ground to counter the impact of decreased percolation and increased runoff from the paved surface of the subproject road.

20. There is Shimsha river, small streams and irrigational nallas in the impact zone which are impacted temporarily during construction of road embankments, cuts and fills, construction of cross drainage structures temporarily increases the silt inflow to the surface water bodies affecting the aquatic ecology of the water bodies. Some of the water supply units adjacent to subproject road within proposed RoW will be impacted. Waste water generated at the construction camps and labour camps will pollute the surface water bodies if disposed untreated. The impact on surface water bodies and other water supply resources shall be mitigated by constructing cross drainage structures during the lean flow periods of summer to minimize the impacts and provision for silt traps made at regular intervals, especially at major cross drainage structures to trap the silt before it reaches the water bodies. All the water resources and water supply connections such as bore wells, taps, water cisterns, pipelines, etc. being impacted by the project shall be relocated before the construction starts. All liquid wastes generated from the construction camp and labour camp shall be treated to meet the prescribed norms before disposal.

21. Total of 3,292 trees are impacted due to the project. Rows of approximately 21,724 avenue trees shall be planted on both sides of the subproject for the entire length of subproject road.

22. Road projects aim to improve urban and rural area connectivity, which in turn will improve economic and social welfare of rural communities by improved access of rural communities to markets, jobs, and education and health services. Tourism of the region will be boosted contributing to the local economic activities. Good roads reduce travel time, fuel consumption and pollutants emitted by the operating vehicles.

23. A variety of utilities serving the regional needs like electric poles, electric transformers, telephone poles, telephone junction boxes which are within impact zone shall be impacted. Some of the religious structures such as temples, mosque, church, shrines, arali kattes and community structures such as schools, hospitals, bus shelters, etc. along subproject road are impacted directly or indirectly. Mitigation measures include shifting of all utilities before the start of construction; relocation of religious and community structures after consulting the public.

24. During construction of roads there will be major or minor accidents envisaged by lack of knowledge on handling of new equipments, workers functioning without proper personal protective equipment and without possessing first aid facilities at work sites. Workers at construction and batching plants shall be compulsorily equipped with personal protective equipments along with first aid facilities for all the construction workers. Periodical health check-up of the workers are to be arranged by the contactors to ensure good health for workers. Implementation of road safety plan during project implementation is an important mitigation measure. Labour camp shall not be located within 1000m of major habitations to avoid disease outbreak and communicable diseases. Arrangement for storage and supply of potable water shall be made to the workers.

xiii

25. During construction it is usual that the operating traffic will be affected to some extent and near by public and commuting transportation will suffer the inconvenience, additional time, cost and distance. Contractor shall at all times carry out construction work on the road in manner creating least interference to the free flow of traffic as per the approved Traffic Management Plan for the diversion of traffic on the subproject road.

26. Significant positive and negative impacts due to project are summarized in the following impact matrix.

Physical Environment

Biological Environment

Geology Environmental Attributes

Air WaterNois

e Flora Fauna

Natural Drainage

Soil

Topo-graphy

I. Construction Phase Labour Camp Activities -ve/t Quarrying -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p -ve/p Material Transport & Storage -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t Drilling and Blasting -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p Pavement works -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/p -ve/t -ve/p Use of Construction Equipment

-ve/t -ve/t -ve/t

Cutting of Trees -ve/p Plantation +ve/

p +ve/p +ve/p +ve/p

Culvert and Bridge Construction

-ve/t -ve/t -ve/p

Stripping of Topsoil -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t Debris Generation -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t -ve/t Oil and Grease -ve/t -ve/t II. Operational Phase Vehicular Movement +ve/

p +ve/t +ve/t -ve/p

Note: t – Temporary; p- Permanent; Impacts indicated in bold letters are Significant Impacts.

E10 Stakeholder Consultation:

27. Consultations during feasibility studies and environmental assessment stage have been conducted with the objective of involving local communities in the project planning (participatory planning). Many a times, suggestions and options given by people improves technical and economic efficiency of the project. Execution of suggested improvement from stakeholders also generates the sense of ownership among the communities of the region and eases the implementation process. Consultations are usually conducted with a sample section of the community with a good representation from the affected communities.

E11 Environmental Management Plan:

28. Environmental Management Plan (EMP) deals with the implementation procedure of the guidelines and mitigation measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate foreseen environmental impacts of the project. The implementation of environmental management plan needs suitable organization set up and the success of any environmental management plan depends on the efficiency of the group responsible for implementation of the programme. It is proposed to carryout regular environmental monitoring to provide information to the management for periodic review and alternation of the environmental

xiv

management plan as necessary so as to ensure that environmental protection is optimized at all stages of the mining

29. Environmental monitoring is an essential component for sustainability of any developmental project. It is an integral part of any environmental assessment process. The monitoring programme consists of performance indicators, reporting formats and necessary budgetary provision. For each of the environmental condition indicators, the monitoring plan specifies the parameters to be monitored, location of the monitoring sites, frequency and duration of monitoring. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards, implementation and supervising responsibilities. The monitoring will be carried out by PIU through the approved agency and will be supervised by the Environmental Experts of the Construction Supervision Consultants and PIU.

30. Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) constituted under KSHIP with the assistance of the Environmental Specialist of Project Design and Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC is responsible for implementing all environmental monitoring and management works during implementation of road improvement project to achieve certain level of quality in the project and ensure that all statutory requirements are met during the project implementation. Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated in the Figure 1.1.

31. The engineering staff of PIU, supervision consultancy and the contractor who would be responsible for the implementation of the EMP, need to be trained on environmental issues of specific road development project. Suitable training programmes have been worked out for the project as well as capacity building needs. The programme consists of a number of training modules specific to target groups. Looking into the potential requirements of each of the target groups, several training modules have been planned. The training would cover the basic principles and postulates of environmental assessment and mitigation plans; implementation techniques; monitoring and management methods and tools.

32. The budgetary provision for the implementing EMP of the road project has been made in 2 parts based on the responsibility of the execution.

33. The Part ‘A’ works to be undertaken has been quantified and quantities included in the respective BOQ items in the civil works contract packages. These cover items such as safe disposal of unserviceable materials with suitable top soil treatment; dust mitigation during construction phase; recharge pits; silt fencing; sign boards for tourist and ecologically sensitive areas if any; safe disposal of scarified bitumen in clay lined pits; construction of noise barriers for silent receptors; monitoring of air, water, noise and soil qualities; oil interceptors; personal protective equipments for labourers, etc.

34. Part ‘B’ works of redevelopment of oxbow lands and other leftover lands; raising median plantations; compensatory plantation; compensatory provisions in terms of Net Present Value (NPV) for diverted forest lands, if any; providing environmental management training at all levels are discussed under mandatory works to be implemented by Government Departments or other agencies as per the regulatory requirements, as.

35. Cost for Part A & B works of EMP implementation are estimated and given in the following table.

xv

Subproject Cost for Part A works

of EMP (Rs.) Cost for Part B works

of EMP (Rs.) Total cost in Rs.

(Part A + B) 57 A, B & C 11,949,796 27,545,808 39,495,604

1 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Project Background

1. The Second Karnataka State Highways Improvement Project (KSHIP-II) is a part of the ongoing road improvement programme in Karnataka State to support the growing economy and social development programme. KSHIP-II is a continuation of the State’s earlier initiatives including World Bank assisted KSHIP-I programme under which 2,406 km roads were improved, under the control of the Public Works Department. The techno-economic feasibility study evaluated various types of improvement works and established a priority ranking of 3,411 km of roads subsequent improvement programme of state roads. These roads were selected on the basis of a Strategic Option Study (SOS)1 carried out in 2003. The objective of the SOS study was to formulate a policy for developing an effective network of regional roads in the state.

2. Total length of 615.03 km State Highways and MDRs has been considered for upgradation under the assistance of ADB funding. The proposed project roads under the initiative “Karnataka State Highway Improvement Project” (KSHIP) constitutes nine project corridors (Subprojects) that are spread across the state of Karnataka. The highway improvement project is scheduled to be taken up for implementation in 2011 at the total estimated cost of Rs. 13,619 million. The proposed subprojects under KSHIP are given in the following table.

1 Strategic Option Study (SOS) was carried out by IDS cell headed by Mr. G. C. Tallur in 2003

2

Table 1-1: Details of ADB funded Subproject roads under KSHIP II.

* MDR – Main District Road

3. Public Works Department, Government of Karnataka has appointed M/s Scott Wilson India Pvt. Ltd. as the Consultants and entrusted the work of preparing Detailed Project Report for the selected project corridors upgradation and major maintenance.

4. Environmental assessment has been carried out as per the statutory requirement of EIA Notification dated 14th September 2006 of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India (GoI) and as a part of requirement of ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 and ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines, 2003 for the rapid environmental assessment checklist..

5. The Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) presented below addresses those stipulations fully and comprehensively for upgradation of Subproject 57 covering a road length of 108.62 km on SH 84 stretching from Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya passing through Tumkur and Mandya districts of Karnataka state.

1.2 Objectives of the Study:

6. The main objective of the study are i) identify the impact of the subproject improvement on environment and ii) alleviate the unsafe condition and congestion of the existing road connecting Gubbi to Mandya through Kowdley on SH 84 by enhancing the capacity and quality of the road to the users in a sustainable and environment friendly

Corridor No.

Link ID

SH No. Subproject road Length

(km) Districts

21C 34 Saundatti – Ramdurg 38.47

21D 14 Ramdurg – Badami 45.73

21E 14 Badami -Pattadakal 23.72

21

21F 14 and MDR* Pattadakal – Kamatagi 22.28

Belgaum and Bagalkot

27A 45 Shelwadi – Gadag 30.54 27

27B 45 Gadag - Mundaragi 32.90

Dharwad and Gadag

31A 29 Mudagal – Tawaragere 31.21 31

31B 29 Tawaragere – Gangavathi 42.89

Raichur and Koppal

42A 76 Davanagere – Channagiri 53.63 42

42B 76 Channagiri – Birur 51.98

Davanagere and Chikkamagalur

48 48A 1 Padubidri – Karkala 27.80 Udupi

57A 84 Gubbi – Yediyur 49.03

57B 84 Yediyur - Kowdley 26.43

57

57C 84 Kowdley - Mandya 33.16

Tumkur and Mandya

64C 3 Magadi – NH 48 13.88

64D 3 NH 48 – Dobbespet 19.90

64

64E 3 Dobbespet – Koratagere 33.89

Ramanagara, Bangalore (Rural) and Tumkur

64H 64H 3 Pavagada – AP Border 23.21 Tumkur

T13 T13 45 Jagalur – NH-13 9.25 Davanagere

T17 T17 2 Molkalmur – SH 19 5.13 Chithradurga

Total length (km) 615.03

3

manner. MoEF, GoI, has enforced Environment (Protection) Act 1986 and Notification on Environmental Impact Assessment dated 14th September 2006 and February 2009 to avoid, mitigate and prevent the environmental impact from various projects or activities or expansion and modernization of existing projects. The IEE Report is prepared in line with ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), June 2009. The report attempts to identify, predict and communicate information on impacts of the proposed subproject on the environment along with mitigation and management measures for the indicated impacts.

1.3 Extent of IEE

7. IEE was conducted based on the feasibility studies. Study areas were delineated into two zones while carrying out feasibility study namely the impact zone and the influence zone. The impact zone extends to 50m either side of the road from the centreline covering an area of 100m width. All the physical components such as rivers, hospitals and schools, industries, water supply units, productive land, trees and other environmental features within this zone will be directly impacted by the road improvement. The influence zone extends 7 Km (7000 m) on either side of the road from the centreline covering the area of 14 km of width covering the construction establishments such as batching plants hot mix plants, construction camps, labour camps, quarries etc. for the analysis of impact on land use and other environmental features.

1.4 Methodology

8. The general methodology adopted to accomplish the Initial Environmental Examination includes:

Review of legal and statutory requirements;

Review of feasibility study;

Preliminary reconnaissance to identity environmentally sensitive issues relating to the subproject and base line conditions;

Collection of Primary and secondary data;

Stakeholders Consultations;

Identify and assess the potential impacts of the subproject on the base line conditions and recommend mitigative measures to offset the identified adverse impacts;

Formulate Environmental Management Plan including review of Institutional set up and Capacity Building.

1.5 IEE Content

9. IEE has been structured based on ADB’s Safeguard Policy Statement (SPS), 2009 and ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003) and consists of following chapters.

Chapter 1 – Introduction

Chapter 2 – Description of Subproject

Chapter 3 – Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework

Chapter 4 – Description of Environment

Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives

4

Chapter 6 – Anticipated Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Chapter 7 - Stakeholders Consultation

Chapter 8 – Environmental Management Plan and Grievance Redressal Mechanism and

Chapter 9 – Conclusion and Recommendations

1.6 Organisational structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

10. PIU is responsible for implementing the road improvement project to ensure and achieve certain level of quality in the project, during implementation of subproject and in turn will make sure that the statutory requirements are not violated during the pre construction, construction and Operational (defect liability period) stages of the subproject. Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated in the Figure 1.1.

11. The Chief Project Officer heads KSHIP. He will be responsible for the successful implementation of the subproject. The Chief engineer is also the Project Director in the KSHIP set up for the implementation of the subproject. The project director (PD) is assisted by PIU, Environmental and Social wings at the head office. Various sub units are functioning under PIU such as Environmental Social Management Unit (ESMU); Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) and Social Development Resettlement Cell (SDRC). The SDRC is headed by a Chief Administrative Officer (CAO). The Project Director will be heading the overall functioning of the Environmental and Social Management Unit (ESMU).

12. The Executive Engineers (EEs) and supporting staff as employer’s representatives nominated for the subproject will be responsible for the implementation of the project under the divisions. The Executive Engineer (Environment) and Social Development Officer of KSHIP will look after the environmental and social issues during the project preparation, implementation and operation with the assistance of the Environmental Specialist of Project Design and Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC.

5

Figure 1-1: Organisation Structure of Project Implementation Unit (PIU)

PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION UNIT (PIU)

Project Director

Superintendant Engineers

Asst. Exe.Engineer (Envt.)

Documentation and Training

supervision Consultants

Environmental Engineer Assistant Conservator of Forest

Executive Engineers KSHIP Divisions Tumkur, Belguam, Raichur and Shimnoga

Asst. Engineer (Envt.)

Supervision Consultants

Executive Engineer (Environment)

Assistant Conservator of Forest

Range Forest Officer

Asst. Engineer

(Envt.) Tumkur

Asst. Engineer

(Envt.)Belgaum

Asst. Engineer

(Envt.)Raichur

Asst. Engineer

(Envt.)Shimoga

RFO,Belgaum

RFO, Raichur

RFO,

ShimogaRFO,

Tumkur

Forester

Chief Project Officer

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION UNIT (EMPIU)

6

2 DESCRIPTION OF SUBPROJECT

2.1 Subproject Location

13. The proposed Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya subproject road, SH 84 (108.62 Km) lies in Tumkur and Mandya districts of Karnataka state provides vital connectivity between the two districts. The road traverses in North – South direction. Improvement of this subproject road provides for better level of service for commuters and movement of goods trucks. Figure-2.1 shows the geographical location of the subproject road.

2.1.1 Scope of Works

14. The scope of works involve upgradation works of improving existing single-lane and intermediate lane roads to 12m roadway with standard 2-lane 7m carriageway and alignment improvements to relevant IRC standards and other associated road and bridge works including improvement of major and minor bridges, culverts, road intersections, drains, road geometrics and road furniture.

2.1.2 Improvement proposal

15. The improvement proposal includes upgradation of existing carriageway. The main elements of the upgradation: widening and strengthening are:

Remove high shoulders and grub out bushes (some trees may get removed);

Remove existing pavement and widening to the required width;

Raise existing embankment where ever the possibility of seepage across the road line exists; presence or likelihood of field irrigation close to the road and where nature of soil is expansive in nature;

Widen road formation to the required width depending on the cross section types;

Construct new wider pavement with paved or unpaved shoulder, including surfacing and providing footpaths, ditches and drains, covered drains wherever necessary.

2.1.3 Corridor of Impact (CoI) and Right of Way (RoW)

16. The proposed subproject road width varies from about 14.0 to 30.0 M depending on the typical road cross-section types applied. In isolated instances where the embankment heights are significant, a wider road width is necessary to accommodate the embankment height.

17. Existing Right of Way (RoW) information is furnished by local PWD offices and it has been verified subsequently as a part of social surveys and LA plan preparation. The available RoW is not consistent and varies significantly along the length of the subproject route. The IRC recommended RoW for State Highways is 45 and 30 m for open and built-up area respectively but clearly this is not available throughout the length of the subproject road. Wherever the required width (CoI) for the proposed road is not available, KSHIP is acquiring only the required width of land to limit the compensation cost and in turn the project cost.

7

Figure 2-1: Geographical location of the subproject road

8

2.1.4 Traffic Details per Route

18. The volume of present and projected vehicular traffic as of year 2006 is presented in Table-2.1 along with the projection for the year 2012. The reason for not preparing any projection beyond year 2015 is that any Environmental Assessment report is not considered valid by the MoEF beyond five years without further review.

Table 2-1: Present and projected traffic by vehicle types along the subproject road (in Nos.)

Link ID Year Two

wheeler Car

Three wheeler

LCV Bus Trucks Total

2006 620 252 557 154 34 25 1,64157A 2012 1,069 504 853 226 59 33 2,744

2006 603 176 53 319 99 395 1,64657B 2012 1,040 373 75 508 163 611 2,770

2006 605 121 14 138 89 76 1,04357C

2012 1,121 294 20 230 147 116 1,929

2.1.5 Alignment and Profile

19. The visibility and stopping distance along the existing highway section are inadequate at many stretches of the proposed subproject road. These deficiencies will be corrected for the stretches identified. Longitudinal profile is determined by the proposed grade separators, raising of profile at low lying areas and riding quality for the designed speed with respect to minimum requirements as per the relevant IRC guidelines.

2.1.6 Realignments and Bypasses

20. Many sections of the subproject road are passing through small but congested villages. In case where the RoW is not sufficient to improve the geometrics, traffic condition and human congestion, possibility of realignment/bypass along the project route have been examined through field verification and ascertained the need for the same. There is a major realignment at Yadavani (Ch 23.700 to 24.730 km) and there are no bypasses considered for the subproject. Detail on realignments is given in Table 2.2.

Table 2-2: Details on realignments/bypasses of the subproject road

From (m) To (m) Length (m) Remarks

Subproject link – 57A 200 380

180 Minor

realignment 3060 3200

140 Minor


330 Minor


200 Minor


500 Minor

realignment Subproject link – 57B

5000 5150 150

Minor realignment

12500 12700 200

Minor realignment

23700 24730 1030 Major

9

From (m) To (m) Length (m) Remarks

realignment

2.1.7 Major and minor junctions

21. There are several major and minor junctions along the subproject road. These junctions will be meticulously planned to integrate with the development proposals for the subproject road. Major junctions involved are NHs, SHs and MDRs intersecting with the subproject road. Village and other roads intersecting with subproject were considered as minor junctions.

2.1.8 Road Construction Materials

22. Rocks such as granite, gneiss, basalt, quartzite and sandstone are commonly used materials in the road construction. Amongst these, granite, gneiss and massive basalt are suitable for all purposes. Murrum and residual gravel are useful as sub-base, sub grade and shoulder material. Sand is utilised for making concrete and lime plaster used in the construction. These sands get replenished each monsoon on the river banks. Fly ash is relatively strong when compacted having compaction characteristics similar to natural sand. The fly ash will be used in subproject roads which are within 100 km radius from the thermal plants as per MoEF’s Fly Ash Notification, 1999 depending on its availability. Asphalt will be prepared in hot mix plants with bitumen brought from Mangalore Port, Mumbai and Chennai depending on the shortest lead to the proposed subproject road. Information on existing quarries and other sources of potential road construction materials have been collected during field visits and from local offices of the Public Works Department of the project area. Details of road construction materials and their locations for the proposed subproject road are in the Table 2.3.

Table 2-3: Details of road construction materials and their locations.

Sl No

Quarry No. Name of Quarries Chainage (Km)

SUBPROJECT - 57A STONE METAL QUARRIES

1. QII-1A-88 Dabbaspet Stone Metal Quarry located at a distance of 25.0 km on RHS

0+000

2. QII-1A-89 Oballi Granite Quarry at a distance of 7.7 km on LHS 3+000

3 QII-1A-90 Road side Granite stone metal quarry at a distance of 4.0 km on LHS

6+500

SAND QUARRIES 1 SII-1A-63 Locally available Nalla Sand Quarry adjacent to road 1+100 2 SII-1A-64 Locally available Nalla Sand Quarry adjacent to road 29+400

MURRUM BORROWPITS

1 MII-1-A-78 Road side Morrum borrow pit located at a distance of 0.1 Km on LHS

10+500

2 MII-1-A-79 Road side Morrum borrow pit located at a distance of 0.2Km on RHS

14+600


20+800

4 MII-1-A-81 Road side Morrum borrow pit located at a distance of 0.2 Km on RHS

33+900

SUBPROJECT – 57B STONE METAL QUARRIES

1 QII-1A-91 Halappana Gudda Stone Metal Quarry at a distance of 4.0 km on LHS

0+000

10

Sl No


2 QII-1A-92 Kalasipalya Granite Quarry at a distance of 27.0 km on LHS 0+000 3 QII-1A-93 Mudur Stone Metal Quarry at a distance of 5.0 km on LHS 14+000 4 QII-1A-94 Huliyurdurga Stone Metal Quarry at a distance of 14.4 km on LHS 14+000 5 QII-1A-95 Huliyurdurga Stone Metal Quarry at a distance of 11.0 km on LHS 27+700

SAND QUARRIES 1 SII-1A-47 Locally available river sand located at a distance of 4.0 km 10+700 2 SII-1A-48 Simsha River Sand adjacent to road 29+400

MURRUM BORROWPITS


14+300


27+700

SUBPROJECT – 57C STONE METAL QUARRIES

1 QII-1A-96 Roadside Stone Metal Quarry at a distance of 0.5 km on LHS 3+800

2 QII-1A-97 Seenappana Doddi granite Stone Metal Quarry at a distance of 13. 0 km on LHS

9+000

3 QII-1A-98 Seenappana Doddi granite Stone Metal Quarry at a distance of 14.0 km on LHS

20+500

SAND QUARRIES

1 SII-1A-24 Shimsha river sand quarry at a distance of 12 km from project road.

10+200

2 SII-1A-25 Shimsha river sand quarry at a distance of 20 km from project road.

33+800

MURRUM BORROWPITS

1 MII-1-A-84 Road side Morrum borrow pit located at a distance of 0.1 Km on LHS.

2+800


18+800

2.1.9 Street Furniture

23. Adequate road furniture comprising of road markings, cautionary, mandatory and informatory signs; delineators and object markers; reflective pavement markers; guard posts and crash barriers; road humps and rumble strips have been proposed at appropriate locations for the safety of road users as per the guidelines stipulated in relevant IRC codes keeping in view the site requirements.

2.1.10 Bus Lay-bays

24. Bus lay-byes have been proposed for each village or built up locations along the subproject road. Bus bays have been positioned in straight and level sections of the road and visible from a long distance in both directions and as per the recommendations of IRC: 80-1981. Details of bus bays along the proposed subproject roads are given in Main report.

2.1.11 Constructions and replacement of bridges and culverts

25. All the hydraulic data for bridges has been collected from the field and analysed to determine the adequacy of waterways. Existing bridges proposed to be retained and new bridges to be constructed are as per the provisions of IRC: 5-1998 and IRC: SP-13. Many existing cross-drainage structures, like culverts and bridges, were considered for the improvement and new construction. The improvement includes widening the structures, increasing the vent size to increase the flow and major maintenance. Details of culverts and

11

bridges in the corridor considered for the treatment (improvement and new construction) are presented in Tables - 2.4 and 2.5.

Table 2-4: Details on treatment proposals for culverts of the subproject roads (Nos.)

Link ID

Maint- enance

Widen- ing

Replacement with larger diameter

pipe

Replacement of distressed

culverts

Replacement due

to change in Alignment

Additional Culverts on

Major Realignment

Abandon Total

57A 7 18 22 31 1 - 3 82 57B 2 4 31 37 7 1 2 84 57C 5 7 32 49 11 - 1 105 Total 14 29 85 117 19 1 6 271

Table 2-5: Details on treatment proposals for bridges of the subproject roads (Nos.) Link ID New Bridges

6m to 30m 30m to

60m > 60m

Replacement of

SuperstructureWidening

Maintenance

Do Nothing

Converted to

CulvertsTotal

57A 6 2 - - - 1 - - 9 57B 7 - 1 - 1 1 - - 10 57C 5 1 1 - 1 1 1 - 10

Total 18 3 2 0 2 3 1 0 29

2.1.12 Railway Crossing:

26. There are no railway crossings across the proposed subproject.

2.1.13 Design Cross Sections and Road widening and improvements:

27. The design parameters for cross sections of road for upgradation have been refined. These are being used for designing the roads as guidelines. Table - 2.6 shows the guiding parameters for upgradation roads and urban and rural cross sections of the road in the project area are given in Figure - 2.2.

Table 2-6: Guiding Parameters for up gradation of Road in project area C/S- Type

Description Carriageway

width (m) Paved

shoulder (m) Unpaved

shoulder (m) Remarks

UR1A Rural cross-section 7.00 1.50 M both sides

1.00 M both sides

-

UR1B Rural cross-section 7.00 Nil 2.50m both sides

-

UR2 Rural cross-section (Through Village)

7.00 Varies 2.50m to 4.50m both

sides

Nil. For parking/ stopping/ bus bays/

bicycles UR3 Urban cross

section in Built- up Area (with covered

Drain)

7.00 Varies 2.50m to 4.50m both

sides

Nil 2.0m Foot path/ covered drain on

both sides.

UR7 Rural cross section in cutting

7.00 1.50m both paved with

flexible pavement and

1.0m both sides with ICPB*

Nil Paved drains

*Interlocking Concrete Paver Blocks

12

Figure 2-2: The rural and urban cross sections of the road in the proposed subproject road

13

14

2.2 Schedule for Implementation

28. The implementation of proposed improvements to subproject road is depicted in the following Figure 2-3.

Figure 2-3: Implementation schedule of the subproject road

2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

Activity Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Civil Works Pre-construction Phase Construction Phase Defects Notification

Period

Land Acquisition

Compensation, Resettlement

Utility Shifting and Tree cutting

Bidding/Contract Award and CSC

Works Execution

Contractors Demobilization and Maintenance.

15

3 POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATION FRAMEWORK

29. The environmental management and protection policies, regulations and administrative framework governing the project is reviewed in this section. The review includes sector-specific environmental policies and regulations of the Government of India, State Govt of Karnataka, Safeguard Policy Statement, June2009, ADB’s Environmental Assessment Guidelines (2003), and the administrative framework of various agencies, such as the Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF), the Pollution Control Boards and other bodies associated with the implementation of the proposed subproject.

3.1 Policies and Regulatory Framework of the Government of India

3.1.1 Constitutional Provisions

30. The Constitution of India, in Article 48, of Directive Principles of the State, states that “the state shall endeavour to protect and improve the environment and to safeguard forests and wildlife of the country”. Further Article 51-A (g), of fundamental duties, emphasizes that, “It shall be the duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and to have compassion for living creatures”. These two provisions of the constitution are the guiding principles for the environmental legislation in India.

31. The Government of India has laid down various policy guidelines, regulations, acts and legislations pertaining to sustainability and protection of the environment and its various components. The statutory requirements for the proposed road projects are discussed briefly in the following paragraphs.

3.1.2 Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974:

32. This Act provides for the prevention and control of water pollution, and the maintaining and restoring of the wholesomeness of water. ‘Pollution’ means such contamination of water, or such alteration of the physical, chemical or biological properties of water, or such discharge of any sewage, or trade effluent, or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water (whether directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a nuisance for health or safety, or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or other legitimate uses or to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms.

33. The subproject has already secured clearance (Consent) from the State Pollution Control Board (SPCB) of Karnataka pursuant to the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1974, the Cess Act of 1977.

3.1.3 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

34. Similar to the Water Act, the Air Act vests regulatory authority on the SPCB and empowers them to enforce air quality standards (Appendix – 7) to prevent air pollution in the country. Section 21 of the act requires an application to be made to the state board to establish or operate any industrial operation and project activity.

35. The subproject has obtained clearance (Consent) from the Karnataka SPCB pursuant to the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act of 1981 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules of 1982 and Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Amendment Act, 1987.

16

3.1.4 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986

36. The Environment (Protection) Act, popularly known as EP Act, is an umbrella legislation that supplements existing environmental regulations. Empowered by the EP Act, the MoEF, the GoI has issued the following notifications regulating the siting of industry and operations, procuring clearance to establish industries and development of projects with appropriate EIA studies, coastal zone regulations and many other aspects of environment through notifications.

3.1.5 EIA Notification (September 2006 and February 2009):

37. The MoEF Notification dated 14 September 2006 states that ‘prior Environmental Clearance (EC)’ is required for certain types of projects. All developmental projects have been categorized subject to certain considerations listed in the ‘Schedule’ of the Notification. Highway projects are dealt under Clause 7f of the Schedule. Construction of new State Highways and expansion of existing State Highways come under Category ‘B’ if the length of the road is ‘greater than 30km involving additional right of way greater than 20m involving land acquisition’.

38. Under the ‘General Condition’ contained in the MOEF Notification, Category ‘B’ will be specified as Category ‘A’, if located in whole or in part within 10km from the boundary of: (i) Protected Areas notified under the Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, (ii) Critically Polluted areas as notified by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time, (iii) Notified Eco-sensitive areas, (iv) inter-State and international boundaries. Also all Category ‘B’ projects (including new as well as expansion of modernization projects) will be treated as Category ‘A’ projects in the absence of a duly constituted State Level Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA) or State Level Environmental Appraisal Committee (SEAC).

39. Further, the roads of lower classification (i.e. MDRs and lower) do not find a mention in the MOEF Notification.

Schedule I Project

Category A Category B General Conditions

7(f) Highways

i) New National High ways; and

ii) Expansion of National High ways greater than 30 KM, involving additional right of way greater than 20m involving land acquisition and passing through more than one State.

i) New State High ways; and ii) Expansion of National / State Highways greater than 30 km involving additional right of way greater than 20m involving land acquisition.

Any project or activity specified in Category ‘B’ will be treated as Category A, if located in whole or in part within 10 km from the boundary of: (i) Protected Areas notified under the

Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, (ii) Critically Polluted areas as notified

by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to time,

(iii) Notified Eco-sensitive areas, (iv) Inter-State boundaries and

international boundaries.

3.1.6 Interpretation and applicability of EIA Notification, 2006 for subproject road:

40. Since the proposed subproject road is an existing state highway, requiring improvement with no new alignment except a few realignments for avoiding congestions at major settlements or comply with IRC standards or to provide adequate bridge approach and smoothen the road curvature at some section of the subproject road. Therefore the road is treated as expansion of existing State Highway for examining the applicability and relevance of the MoEF Notification.

17

41. The issue of ‘additional RoW greater than 20 m involving land acquisition’ needs to be seen in the context of the linear nature of road projects. The 20 m of additional right-of-way as indicated in the Notification has been considered on an average basis rather than a location-specific figure for examining the applicability and relevance of the MoEF Notification.

42. Realignments under this subproject are minor and limited to providing required approach roads to new bridges improving road alignment geometry and avoiding congested and narrow town/built-up areas. These realignments/bypasses are contiguous with the rest of the Corridor and form part of the existing highway improvement. Therefore all realignments are considered as a part of the project corridor for the purposes of calculating the additional right-of-way required and not as stand-alone lengths for examining the applicability and relevance of MoEF Notification.

43. Keeping in view the above considerations, Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya subproject (corridor No. 57) having greater than 30 km in length, and ‘additional right-of-way less than 20m involving land acquisition’ is categorised as Category ‘B’ with respect to EIA Notification, 2006 and February 2009. Environmental Clearance has been obtained form State Environmental Appraisal Committee, Karnataka.

3.1.7 Environmental Clearance Process

44. The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance is depicted in Figure 3.1. for category B projects.

18

Figure 3-1: The procedure for obtaining environmental clearance

Note 1. PFR - Project Feasibility Report 2. SEIAA - State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority 3. SEAC State Environmental Appraisal Committee 4. ToR – Terms of Reference 5. EIA – Environmental Impact Assessment

- The Environmental clearance is valid for five yrs from the date of issuance. - Half yearly Post Environmental Clearance compliance monitoring report shall be submitted to

Regulatory Authority.

19

3.1.8 The Hazardous Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989

45. The Central Government formulated these rules under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. Under Section 7 of these rules it is required that the operator or occupier of a facility dealing with hazardous waste ensures that hazardous waste is packaged in a suitable manner for storage and transport and the labelling and packaging shall be easily visible and be able to withstand physical conditions and climatic factors. Bituminous and other materials used in road construction are considered as hazardous in nature. Section 9 of these Rules also requires that in case of an accident during transportation of hazardous wastes, the operator or occupier of a facility shall immediately report to the SPCB in the prescribed form. This statute applies on KSHIP and the contractor as they involve in handling (including storing) and transhipment of hazardous bituminous materials during construction of the project roads.

3.1.9 Wildlife Protection Act, 1972

46. This Act is promulgated to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith. The provisions under this Act such as prohibition of hunting wild animals specified in Schedule I; prohibition of picking, uprooting, damaging, destroying or acquiring any specified plant from any forestland; prohibition of use of injurious substances, chemicals, explosives that may cause injury or endanger wildlife in a sanctuary; prohibition on alteration of the boundaries of a National Park shall be made, except on a resolution passed by the Legislature of State; prohibition on destruction or damage of wildlife property in a National Park is prohibited. This act shall be applicable to the project roads passing through forests or adjacent to the National Parks and Wildlife Sanctuaries.

3.1.10 The Indian Forest Act, 1927

47. This Act consolidates all the statutes passed since 1865 relating to forests, the transit of Forest Produce and the duty leviable on timber and other forest-produce. This Act also confers power to the State Government to declare a forestland or a wasteland which is the property of the Government or over which the Government has proprietary rights, or to the whole or any part of the forest-produce of which the Government is entitled as reserved forest.

48. Section 5 of the Act, states that after declaring a particular land as reserved forest, no fresh clearings for any purpose shall be made, except in accordance with such rules as made by the state government; Section 26 of the Act, states that certain activities are prohibited in such reserved forests; Sections 30 and 32 of the Act empowers the State government to regulate certain acts (clearing of reserved forests for cultivation, building or any other non forestry purpose) in such forests as specified in the section; Section 35 furnishes power to the State government to prohibit certain acts (clearing of vegetation etc) in lands not being the property of the government. The act refers to the project roads that are adjacent to the reserved forest and involving forest land diversion for the non forestry purpose.

3.1.11 Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 (as amended in 1988)

49. As per Section 26 of the Indian Forest Act, 1927 a number of activities are prohibited in forest areas, and prior approval is required from the Central Government to use forest

20

land for non-forest purposes. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 prohibits large-scale diversion of forestland for non-forest use. As amended in 1988, no State Government or authority shall make such diversions, except with the prior approval of the Central Government.

50. The Forest (Conservation) Act, 1980 also pertains to the cases of diversion of forest areas and felling of roadside plantations. Depending on the size of the tract to be cleared, clearances are applied at various levels of government: If the area of forests to be cleared or diverted exceeds 40 Ha (or, 10ha in hilly area) then prior permission of Central Government is required; If the area of forest to be cleared or diverted is between 5 to 40ha, the Regional Office of Chief Conservator of Forests is empowered to approve; If the area of forest to be cleared or diverted is below or equal to 5ha, the State Government can give permission; If the area to be clear-felled has a forest density of more than 40%, permission to undertake any work is needed from the Central Government, irrespective of the area to be cleared. The act refers to the project roads that are adjacent to the reserved forest and involving forest land diversion for the non forestry purpose. Subproject road links 57A and 57 B have forest stretches along the links. The extent of forest land to be diverted is being surveyed and finalised.

3.1.12 The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act 1958

51. This Act provides for the preservation of ancient and historical monuments and archaeological sites and remains of national importance and for the regulation of archaeological excavations and for the protection of sculptures, carvings and other like objects. According to this Act, areas within the radii of 100m and 300m from the “protected property” are designated as “protected areas” and “controlled areas” respectively. No development activity (including building, mining, excavating, blasting) is permitted in the “protected areas”. Development activities likely to damage the protected property are not permitted in the “controlled areas” without prior permission from the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) if the site/remains/ monuments are protected by ASI or the State Directorate of Archaeology. None of the notified archaeological monuments recognised by the UNESCO or World Heritage Monuments intercept with the road improvements.

3.1.13 Fly Ash Notification, 1999

52. The MoEF, GoI has issued a Notification regarding the utilization of fly ash/bottom ash generated from coal/lignite based thermal power plant in 1999 and amended it in 2003, with an intention to protect the environment, conserve top soil and prevent the dumping and disposal of fly ash discharged from coal or lignite based thermal power plants. Further it states the need for restricting the excavation of topsoil for manufacture of bricks and promotes the utilization of fly ash in the manufacture of building material and in construction activity within the radius of 100 Km from coal or lignite based thermal power plants.

53. No agency, person or organization shall, within a radius of 100 km of a thermal power plant undertake construction or approve design for construction of roads or flyover embankments in contravention of the guidelines/specifications issued by the Indian Road Congress (IRC) as contained in IRC specification No. SP: 58 of 2001. Any deviation from this direction can only be agreed to on technical reasons if the same is approved by Chief Engineer (Design) or Engineer-in-Chief of the concerned agency or organization or on

21

production of a certificate of “pond ash not available” from the thermal power plant(s) located within 100 km of the site of construction. None of the thermal power plants having fly ash source is found within the radius of 100 km from the subproject.

3.1.14 Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991

54. This Act provides for public liability insurance for the purpose of providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling any hazardous substance and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. The transportation of hazardous substances by vehicle use is also included. This statute would apply on the implementers of Project road.

3.1.15 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988

55. The Indian Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 empowered the State Transport Authority (usually the Road Transport Office) to enforce standards for prevention and control of vehicular pollution. The authority also checks the emission standards of registered vehicles, collects road taxes and issues licenses. The Pollution under Control Certificate (PUC) programme was launched In August 1997as an attempt to crackdown on the vehicular emissions. This act is applicable for the road projects.

3.2 Asian Development Bank’s Safeguard Policy Statement (June 2009)

56. The Asian Development Bank (ADB) has released new Safeguard Policy Statement – June 2009 that consolidates and builds upon the earlier ADB policies on Environment, Indigenous Peoples and Involuntary Resettlement. ADB’s new Safeguard Policy Statement intends to enhance the effectiveness of ADB’s safeguard policies and to ensure that these policies remain relevant to the changing client needs and to new business opportunities being funded by ADB.

57. The Safeguard Policy Statement has sought to

i. Better articulate the safeguard policies to improve their clarity, coherence and consistency;

ii. Balance a front-loaded procedural approach with one also focused on results during implementation;

iii. Adapt policy implementation to an evolving range of lending products and innovative financing modalities;

iv. Work towards greater harmonization with safeguard policies across Multilateral Financing Institutions (MFI) and tailor safeguard approaches to different clients with varying capacities and

v. Improve internal processes and resource allocation.

58. The proposed subproject cause potential adverse environmental impacts which are less adverse in nature and few of them are reversible and mitigation measures can be designed more readily for the identified impacts. As per the ADB’s Guidelines on Environmental Assessment the proposed Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya Subproject corridor having length of 108.62 km has been classified as Category ‘B’ project requiring Initial Environmental Examination (IEE).

22

3.3 Administrative Framework:

59. The Government through specific legislations regulates the environmental management system in India. The Ministries/Statutory bodies responsible for ensuring environmental compliance by project promoters include following agencies.

3.3.1 Ministry of Environment and Forest

60. The MoEF is a nodal ministry at national level. It has set up offices within each region which is responsible for the collection and furnishing of information relating to EIA of projects, pollution control measures, methodology and status of legal and enforcement measures and environmental protection in special conservation areas such as wetlands, and other biological reserves. The proposed subproject falls under the jurisdiction of the Regional office of MoEF, Bengaluru.

3.3.2 Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),

61. It is a statutory authority attached to the MoEF located at New Delhi. The main responsibilities of CPCB include, planning and implementation of water and air pollution programmes; advising the Central Government on water and air pollution programmes; setting air and water standards and co-ordinating with the SPCB.

3.3.3 Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB),

62. The KSPCB is the government agency responsible for ensuring the compliance to the relevant standards related to discharges to the environment. The following activities of the KSPCB include, planning and executing state level air and water quality initiatives; advising the state government on air, water and industry issues; establishing standards based on National Minimum standards; enforcing and monitoring of all activities within the state under the Air Act, the Water Act and the Cess Act.

3.3.4 The Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU)

63. To assess, advise and monitor the environmental performance of the project being planned, designed and implemented by the KSHIP, an EMPIU has to be established as part of the Project Implementation Unit (PIU). The Environmental Unit is headed by the Senior Environmental Engineer and assisted by Assistant Environmental Engineers in each project block, along with an Assistant Conservator of Forest and Range Forest Officers of the respective divisions who look into tree cutting, forest land acquisition issues and afforestation, if any.

64. The Environmental Unit is responsible for the co-ordination of the environmental and social issues of the proposed project road and shall work in close interaction with the environmental engineers at the different project site offices. An organisational chart has been illustrated in Figure 1.1 of section 1.

3.4 Other Environmental Guidelines and Norms

65. Over and above, the project also gives due importance to the road construction standards, norms, guidelines and management procedures prescribed by the Indian Roads Congress (IRC). This includes i) Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment of Highway Projects, IRC: 104-1988; ii) Recommended Practice for Treatment of Embankment

23

slopes for erosion control, IRC: 36-1974; iii) Recommended Practice for Borrow pits for Road Embankment for Road manual operation, IRC: 10-1961; iv) Recommended Practice for the construction of Earth Embankments for Road Works, IRC: 36-1970; v) Highway Safety Code, IRC, special publication no. 44; vi) Guidelines on Bulk Bitumen Transportation and Storage Equipment, IRC, special publication 39; vii) Recommended Practice for Tools Equipment and Appliances for Concrete Pavement Construction, IRC: 43-1972; viii) Recommended Practice for use and upkeep of Equipment, Tools and Appliances for Bituminous Pavement Construction, IRC: 72-1978 and Road Accident Forms A-1 and 4, IRC: 33-1982.

3.5 Clearances required for the subproject

66. After reviewing the various applicable acts and statutes, as mentioned above, some clearances and permissions are required for subproject. A summary of clearances required for the subproject is shown in the Table 3-1.

Table 3-1: List of clearances required for the subproject Sl.No.


Clearance When

required Remarks

1 Environmental Clearance

State Environmental Appraisal Committee, GoK.

Before Construction

KSHIP’s responsibility. Environmental clearance has given vide letter no. SEIAA/80/ind/2008 dated 18th November 2008 and SEIAA/7/ind/2009 dated ist October 2009. .

2 Tree cutting and forest land diversion.

Department of Forest, GoK

Before Construction

KSHIP’s responsibility. Application for tree cutting clearance has been submitted on 3rd August 2010 and submission of application for forest land diversion is in progress.

3 Consents under Water (P&CP) Act, 1974 & Air (P&CP) Act,

Karnataka State Pollution Control Board (KSPCB), Bangalore

Before Construction

KSHIP’s responsibility. Consents have been obtained vide letter no. PCB/439/CFE/08/H.551 dated 22nd July 2008.

4 Permit for installation of crusher



5 No Objection Certificate (NOC) for batching plant

KSPCB, Inspectors of Factories

Before Construction


6 Clearance for establishing Asphalt Plant



7 Installation of Generators

Karnataka Electricity company of respective regions

Before Installation


8 Clearance for excavation & transporting soil

Department of Mines & Geology/ Local Bodies

Before Quarrying


9 Permission for extraction of boulder


Before Quarrying

If the extraction of boulder is being procured from the existing quarry/supplier, it shall be ensured that, requisite license/

24

Sl.No.


Clearance When

required Remarks

lease has been obtained from the concerned Authority.

10 Permission for extraction of sand


Before Quarrying

If the extraction of sand is being procured from the existing sand quarry/supplier, it shall be ensured that requisite license/lease has been obtained from the concerned Authority.

11 License for storing diesel

Commissioner of Explosives & KSPCB

During Construction


12 Labour camps District Health Officer During Construction


13 Clearance for crossing other waterways

Irrigation Department, Government of Karnataka



14 If water has to be taken from river / Reservoir

Concerned Water Authority



25

4 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

67. The alignment of the proposed Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya Corridor passes through Gubbi, Turuvekere and Kunigal taluks of Tumkur district and Nagamangala and Mandya taluks of Mandya district in the state of Karnataka. The baseline environment of the project influence area such as climate, physiography, biological and socioeconomic environment of the project influence area has been discussed in this chapter.

4.1 Physical Environment

4.1.1 Physiography and relief

68. The Gubbi – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya subproject of Tumkur and Mandya districts are in Southern Karnataka Plateau region. This region largely covers the area of the Cauvery basin lying within Karnataka state. It is bounded by 600 meters contour and is characterized by a higher degree of slope. In the west and south, it is enclosed by the ranges of Western Ghats and the northern part is an interrupted but clearly identifiable high plateau. In the east, the valleys of the Cauvery and its tributaries open out to form undulating plains. The general elevation of the region varies from 600 to 900 meters. However residual heights of 1,500 to 1,750 meters are found in the Biligirirangan hills of Mysore district and the Brahmagiri range of Kodagu district. The physiography of the subproject is presented in Annex - 1.

4.1.2 Climate

69. Tumkur district falls in the eastern dry agro climatic zone. The temperatures start rising from January to peak in May, around 40o C is common. Thereafter it declines during the monsoon period. The humidity is lowest during the dry season and highest during the monsoon period. The winds are predominantly south westerly during the summer monsoon and northeasterly during the winter monsoon. The annual potential evapo-transpiration is over 1800 mm with monthly rates less than 100mm during December and January and over 250 mm during May. The year may broadly be classified into four seasons. The dry season is from January to February followed by hot weather from March to May. The monsoon season is from June to September. The post monsoon period is from October to December. Mandya district enjoys sub-tropical climate with temperatures ranging between 200 C and 350 C. April is the hottest month and with the on set of southwest monsoon in June, the temperature drops considerably. December is the coldest month. The climatic seasons of the district constitutes the cold season from December to February, summer season from March to May and the Rainy season mostly confined from June to November. The climatic condition of the Project area is presented in Annex - 2.

4.1.3 Rainfall

70. Over 18 percent of annual rainfall in Tumkur district occurs during the pre monsoon season. The monsoon season yields around 52 percent of the annual rainfall. The post monsoon period (October to December) contributes around 30 percent of annual rainfall. On an average, annually over 650mm rainfall occurs in nearly 45 rainy days. The probability of occurrence of annual rainfall between 500-800 mm is 75%. The rainfall decreases from over 750 mm in south and southwest to less than 600 mm in the northeast and north and more or

26

less in the direction of movement of the monsoon. September is the wettest month with monthly rainfall in excess of 170mm. Annual rainfall in the district varies from over 900mm in Tumkur to around 600mm in Pavagada. The rainfall is generally uniform in Mandya district except in the western sector where, it is slightly higher. The normal rainfall of the district is 623mm. The highest rainfall recorded in the district was1321 mm at Maddur, whereas lowest rainfall of 861 mm was recorded at Sriranga Patna (2005). About 50%of the rainfall is received during southwest monsoon; 20% during northeast monsoon period and 30% during the summer period. The average number of rainy days is about 43 spared over a period of 7 months from April to October. The normal and actual rainfall of the project en route is given in Table 4.1.

Table 4-1: The normal and actual average rainfall (in mm) in the project enroute. Cor. ID

Corridor description Annual Normal Rainfall (mm)

Annual Actual Rainfall (mm)

District

57 Gubbi – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya

688 and 700 617 and 809 Tumkur and Mandya

Source: Indian Meteorological Department, 2003 and 2004.

4.1.4 Temperature

71. The climate of Tumkur district is free from extremes, except Pavagada taluk where it is relatively hot. April is the hottest month recording a maximum day temperature of 410C at times, while December is the coldest month when temperature dips down to 90 C on certain days. The Mandya district enjoys sub-tropical climate with temperatures ranging between 110 C and 350 C. April is the hottest month and with the on set of southwest monsoon in June, the temperature drops considerably. December is the coldest month. The average mean maximum and minimum temperature of the project area is presented in Table 4.2

Table 4-2: Average Mean Maximum and Mean Minimum Temperature (0 C) of the Project Area

Cor. ID Link Description

Mean Maximum (oC)

Mean Minimum

(oC) IMD Station


37.56 and 37.70

9.00 and 11.16

Tumkur and Mandya

Source: Indian Meteorological Department from Year 1996 to 2000

4.1.5 Wind Intensity and Direction

72. The wind pattern and intensity of the wind observed at nearest meteorological stations are presented in the form of Wind-rose from Figure 4.1.

27

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35N

NE

E

SE

S

SW

W

NW

8.30 Hours- Calm-7%

17.30 Hours-Calm-5%

Figure 4-1: Wind-rose Bangalore Airport Meteorological Station

Bangalore Airport - Station Direction % %

N 1 4 NE 7 9 E 21 30

SE 8 9 S 4 2

SW 13 10 W 34 24

NW 5 7 Calm 7 5

Mean Wind Speed 12.30 KMPH Source: Indian Meteorological Department

4.1.6 Monitoring of Ambient Air quality and Ambient Noise levels

73. Continued increase in number of vehicular users, and bad road condition in the area coupled with movement of heavy vehicles is contributing to the increase in air and noise pollution. The ambient air quality, noise levels have been monitored at most representative locations of the subproject road.

74. Air and noise quality monitoring has been carried at petrol pump, Mandya town (End of subproject 57 C). The procedure adapted for monitoring is as per IS Guide lines (BIS: 5182, 1985) using High Volume Air Sampler in down ward directions of the wind, at identified location. The results of air quality monitoring are given in Table 4.3

Table 4-3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results in Project Area: Cor. ID

Monitored location SPM RPM NOx SO2 Pb CO HC

57 Petrol pump, Mandya town (End of subproject 57 C)

208.699

28.640

14.89 2.04 ND ND Traces

Note: All values in g/m3 except CO in mg/m3 and Hydrocarbon in ppm; ND-Not Detected;

28

4.1.7 Noise level in the project area:

75. To determine the existing ambient noise level in study area noise level measurements were carried out as per the guidelines of CPCB and the requirement of MoEF. The noise level measurements were carried out at representative location of the subproject area. The distance of monitoring locations was about 15 m from the centerline of the carriage way. The results of monitored noise levels are given in the Table 4.4. The Ambient noise standards prescribed by CPCB, Government of India vary with time and the specific areas such as residential areas, industrial areas, commercial areas and silence areas as given in the Appendix – 7.

Table 4-4: Hourly Noise level and equivalent noise level in the project area

TIME Petrol pump, Mandya town (End of

subproject 57 C) 6.0-7.0AM 74.2 7.0-8.0 70.5 8.0-9.0 77.4 9.0-10.0 78.5 10.0-11.0 79.6 11.0-12.0 NOON 81.2 12 NOON-1.0PM 75.4 1.0-2.0 81.9 2.0-3.0 79.8 3.0-4.0 86.0 4.0-5.0 88.1 5.0-6.0 72.4 6.0-7.0 74.4 7.0-8.0 80.1 8.0-9.0 79.1 9.0-10.0 74.4 10.0-11.0 71.3 11.0-12.0MIDNIGHT 68.5 12 –1.0AM 63.9 1.0-2.0 63.4 2.0-3.0 65.7 3.0-4.0 52.4 4.0-5.0 66.3 5.0-6.0A.M. 65.8 Leq 79.22630 Ldn(Day -Night) 83.01426 Leq (8 Hourly unfavorableinterval from 10 Am to 6 Pm)

83.07131

4.1.8 Water Resources

76. Pennar, lower Cauvery and lower Tungabhadra drain the Tumkur district. Pennar Basin is comprised of three watersheds and is drained by Jayamangali and Kumudvathi rivers which are tributaries of North Pinakini river. River Shimsha drains the area falling in lower Cavery basin in the district and is comprised of five watersheds. Lower Tungabhadra basin is drained by Vedavathi and Suvarnamukhi rivers in the district. Lower Tungabhadra basin is comprised of four watersheds. There are no perennial rivers in the district. The rivers and streams originate from small watersheds and empty into number of tanks scattered in the district. The drainage pattern in the area can be described as semi-dendritic

29

to dendritic. The Cauvery river system drains the Mandya district towards east. The important rivers in the Mandya district are Cauvery, Hemanvathy, Shimsha, Lokapavani and Viravaishnavi all of which flow towards south and finally eastwards cutting through eastern range of hills. Apart from these rivers the district is endowed with number of streams. The district is characterized by sub-dendritic drainage dissected by numerous streams. The drainage density in the district ranges from 1.12 to 2.73 km sq km. The drainage and river basins of the project area is presented in Annex - 3.

4.1.9 Hydrogeology

77. Tumkur district is underlain by meta sediments (limestone) and meta volcanic (quartzite and schists) of Dharwar Group, Peninsular gneisses and Clospet granites of Pre Cambrian age, which are intruded by pegmatite and dolerite dykes. Laterite occurs on the top of the hills south of Bukkapatna as small patch. Joints are observed in general in N. E – S.W to N.N.E – S.S.W and NW – SE to NNW – SSE directions. The alluvial patches are generally seen along the major streams as narrow discontinuous patches particularly in granite country. It comprises medium to coarse grained sand with silt and clay at many places and is largely controlled by topography of the basement crystalline in the area. The maximum thickness of the alluvium in the Suvarnamukhi basin is 14 m. The alluvium in Jayamangali and Kumudavathy rivers is sandy in nature and attains a thickness of only 10 to 13 m. Ground water occurs in weathered and jointed zones of gneisses, granites and schists and alluvium in unconfined or water table conditions where as it occurs in semi confined to confined conditions in fractured formations. Mandya district is covered by the geological formations ranging in age from Archaean, Granitic gneiss, Dharwar etc to recent alluvium. Various intrusive later traverse these formations. Based on the hydro-geological conditions in different rock types occurring in the district the entire district comes under hard rock area except for areas adjacent to the major streams and rivers where alluvium occurs as local pockets. The ground water occurs in the secondary porosity of weathered formations like granitic gneiss, granite and schists etc under water table conditions at shallow depth up to 25 m and generally under semi-confined to confined conditions in the jointed and fractured portions of the above rocks down to the depth of 200 m bgl. The ground water also occurs in the inter-granular spaces in the alluvial patches along the stream courses under water table conditions at shallow depth. The water contours and ground water yields in the project area are given in Table 4.5 and irrigation and hydrogeology of the project area is presented in Annex - 4.

Table 4-5: Water Contours and water Yield Cor. ID

Link Description Water Contours (M Above

MSL) Yield (L/Sec)


600 - 800 1.0 to 5.0

4.1.10 Monitoring of water quality along the project area

78. Water sampling was carried at identified locations in the project area to assess the existing water quality along the project enroute and presented in Table 4.6

30

Table 4-6: Water Quality along the Project area

Monitoring location Parameters Units Lake at Ch. 25.500 of

subproject 57A

Permissible limits (IS

10500: 1991)Remarks

Colour Hazen <5.0 25 Complies PH 7.64 6.5 to 8.5 Complies Turbidity NTU < 0.1 10 Not Complies TDS mg/l 180.0 2000 Complies DO mg/l 6.6 - - Nitrites+ Nitrates mg/l 2.11 100 Complies Total Alkalinity mg/l 95.0 600 Complies Sulphates mg/l 4.47 400 Complies Chlorides mg/l 32.48 1000 Complies Sodium mg/l 50.0 - - Phosphate mg/l < 0.01 - - Calcium as CaCO3 mg/l 26.45 200 Complies Magnesium mg/l 8.20 30 Complies Total hardness as CaCO3

mg/l 100.0 600 Complies

Potassium as K mg/l 3.90 - - Fluoride as F mg/l 0.35 1.5 Complies Lead as Pb mg/l < 0.01 0.05 Complies Chromium as Cr mg/l < 0.01 1.0 Complies Copper as Cu mg/l < 0.01 1.5 Complies Zinc as Zn mg/l < 0.01 5.0 Complies Iron as Fe mg/l 0.08 1.0 Complies Manganese as Mn mg/l < 0.01 0.3 Complies Mercury as Hg mg/l 0.001 0.001 Complies E-Coli Presen

t/absent

Absent Nil / 100ml Complies

4.1.11 Geology

79. Tumkur district is underlain by meta sediments (limestone) and meta volcanic (quartzite and schists) of Dharwar Group, Peninsular gneisses and Clospet granites of Pre Cambrian age, which are intruded by pegmatite and dolerite dykes. Laterite occurs on the top of the hills south of Bukkapatna as small patch. Mandya district is covered by the geological formations ranging in age from Archaean, Granitic gneiss, Dharvars etc to recent alluvium. Various intrusive later have traversed these formations. Map showing the Rocks and Minerals of the project area is exhibited in Annex – 5.

4.1.12 Soils

80. Major types of soils occurring in Tumkur district are Red loamy soil, Red sandy soil and Mixed red and black soils. Red loamy soil occurs in eastern central part of the district covering Koratgere, Tumkur, and eastern parts of Madhugiri and Kunigal Taluks. Red Sandy soil covers rest of the area except very small area in the northwestern part of Chikka Nayakanahalli taluk where Mixed Red and Black soil occur. Red soils have good drainage but poor in lime and bases. The soil of Mandya district is derived from granites and gneisses interspersed with occasional patches of schist in Srirangapatna, Mandya and Pandavapura taluks. The soils range from red sandy loams to red clay loam which is very thin in ridges and higher elevations and comparatively thick in valley portions. The soils in Mandya,

31

Malavalli, Maddur and Nagamangala taluks are thin gravelly and underlain with a murrum zone containing weathered rock. The soils are highly leached and poor in bases. The water holding capacity is low. On the other hand the soil under the old channel areas of Malavalli, Pandavapura and Srirangapatna are high in clay. The infiltration rates of red loamy and red soils are 2 to 12 cm/ hr and 1 to 3 cm/ hr. Types of soil in the project area is presented in Annex - 6

4.1.13 Soil characteristics in the subproject area:

81. The soil testing has been carried out at identified location to assess the soil characteristics in the project area which helps to assess the nutritional requirement for the plantations and survivability of the avenue plantations in the project area. Soil characteristics are presented in Table 4.7.

Table 4-7: Soil characteristics in subproject area Parameters

Cor. ID

Link Description Molnitoring location PH

N (mg/gm

)

P (mg/gm

)

K (mg/gm

)

Na as Na2O

(mg/gm)

Chloride as Cl

(mg/gm)

Organic

Carbon (mg/gm)

Lead (mg/gm)

57 Gubbi – Beeragonahalli – Kowdley - Mandya

At chainage22.85 (RHS) (57A)

6.92

0.210 0.072 0.97 0.91 0.051 0.47 ND

4.2 Land use pattern

82. The Total geographical area of Tumkur district is 1064755 Hectares. Area under forest is about 4.2%. Net area sown constitutes 54.0% of the total area, followed by different types of land uses such as land not available for cultivation is 14.20 %; cultivable wasteland of 5.90 %; follow lands of 11.80 % and uncultivated area of the district is about 9.9 %. Agriculture is the mainstay of livelihood of the people. Mandya district has a total area of 4,98,224 hectares. About 46.12% of the Geographical area of the district is under cultivation.65.37% of cultivated area is irrigated under tank, canal and wells etc. 73.80% of the area of irrigation in Mandya district is under canal command. The district has 24,765 ha. of forest area which constitute about 4.97 % of the total geographical area of the district. The fallow land in the district is about 76,552 ha. Net area sown (during the year 2005-06) was around 2,30,185 ha, out of which, 50,892 ha. of land was sown more than once. The land use pattern of the project area is shown in Annex – 7.

4.2.1 Agriculture and cropping pattern

83. The main crops grown in Tumkur district are cereals (217251 hectares), pulses predominantly horse gram (58688 hectares), Oil seeds such as ground nut (160209 hectares), Fruits mainly banana (15920 hectares), Vegetables (1865 hectares), Sugarcane (509 hectares) and other non food crops (165798 hectares). The main crops grown in Mandya district are paddy (83,772 hectares), sugarcane (34,636 hectares), jowar (1,674 hectares), Maize (2,599 hectares), cotton (05 hectares), banana (5,002 hectares), pulses (predominantly horse gram and to some extent tur, cowpea, green gram, black gram, avare) (29,072hectares), Ragi (79,957 hectares), oilseeds (mainly groundnut and sesame) (14,296 hectares). Other crops grown in the districts are Vegetables, mulberry, coconut, etc (2005-06).

32

4.3 Biological Component

4.3.1 Fauna

84. Diversity and density of fauna of the Tumkur district is restricted. monkey, lemur, Loris, wild cat, Hyena (kiruba), Wolf, Squirrel, Bats, Fox, Deer, Blackbuck (found in Maidanahally forest near Madhugiri) Rabbit, Leopard, Bear, Wild pig and Wild Lizard, Variety of snakes, frogs and fishes, Peacock, Sparrow, Crow, Eagle (Brahminikite),Weaver bird , Skylark and so on. Migrating birds inhabit the tanks, huge ficus trees and reside for some time during January to June. Since there are no dense forests in Mandya district, wild animals are scarce and the plain land is not suitable for wild life. Earlier it was reported that around Malavalli taluk area tigers were common and around Hulikere and Karighatta areas panthers were known to exist. The wild animals commonly found in the reserved forest areas of the district are wolfs, wild dogs, porcupine, rabbit, deer etc. (Source: District Profiles of Mandya and Tumkur)

4.3.2 Flora

85. Since rainfall is low in Tumkur district diversity of flora is not much and the species are restricted to xerophytic type, Trees like Teak, Mathi, Nandi etc are found occasionally in the district. The vegetation here is shrubby, thorny and stunted. Accacia (Jali), Taddy trees are commonly found in alkaline soils. Ficus species such as peepal, Banyan found in forest as well as in the farms; similarly Tammarind, Neem, Jack, Pongamia trees. There are three patches of forest in the district - Devarayanadurga forest; Bukkapattana forest and Huliyurudurga, Huttaridurga forest. As per the Champion and Seth classification of forests, forests of Mandya are grouped under tropical, deciduous forests. The increased population growth together with a large demand for livestock grazing areas, forest areas of the district is under great stress. Trees that are found in the district are : Shorea talura, Terminalia chebula, Anogeisses latifolia, Erythroxylom monogynum Albizzia amara, Lagerstromia parviflora, Vitex altrissina, Bombax malabaricum, Terminalia tomentosa, Feronia elephantum, Dodonia viscosa, Tamarindus indica, Pongamia pinnata, Dendrocalamus strictu, Phyllanthus emblica, Artocarpus heterophyllus and Mangifera indica.(Source: District Profiles of Mandya and Tumkur)

86. Some stretches the subproject corridor have avenue trees of Tamarindus indica, Ficus religiosa, Ficus benghalensis and Eucalyptus along with other young avenue trees are found within ROW planted by the Department of Forest and PWD. Most of the trees within the RoW do not have ecological significance but play an important role in providing serene landscape to the road users.

87. The forest type in the project area is shown in the Annex – 8 and the Subproject road is passing through the Nagegowdanapalya reserved forests and social forest (18th and 24th km of 57A and 7th to 8th km of 57B subproject link). Detailed survey is being done to know whether forest land is to be diverted for the purpose of subproject.

4.3.3 National parks

88. Subproject 57 does not pass through eco-sensitive area such as National Parks and Wild life Sanctuaries and there is no Protected area (National Parks and Wild life Sanctuaries) within 10 km of radius from the subproject. The nearest protected area

33

Adichunchanagiri Peacock Sanctuary is located at a distance of approximately 30 km from the proposed project road. Ranganathittu Bird sanctuary is approximately 25 km from Mandya town (end of subproject 57C).

4.4 Social Environment

89. The subproject stretch covers mainly of cultivable land with rich verities of crops such as paddy, sugarcane, jowar, maize, groundnut, cotton etc. and sheltered many habitation along road side villages such as Halegubbi, Chikkonahalli, Lingammanahalli, Kunnala, Hindisgeri, Chandrashekarapura, Doddamadure, Beeragonahalli, Amruthur, Hosakere, Jinnagara, Yadavani, Kowdley, D. malligere, Hosagavi, Hallegere, Chikkaballi, Keregodu, Kodihalli, Hulivana, Honaganahalli, Kommerahalli, Sathanur, etc. and at major settlement like Mandya. Public institutions like, schools, hospitals, banks are located along the road side which facilitates the general public with good service. Religious and cultural assets like community halls, worship places like temples, mosques and churches are also present. Water supply resources such as taps, bore wells, water reservoirs and tanks which public utilizes for their daily needs are also present within ROW. Besides this Marakona halli water reservoir Shimsha river, many irrigation canals and ponds across the project road are playing a very important role in irrigation in the project area. Villagers engaged in agricultural activities along with sheep and cattle rearing. Changes in the socio-environmental, socioeconomic, socio-cultural set up are envisaged from the proposed project road development. These features of the social environment along the route have been recorded. Social impact on project affected persons, loss of structures; displaced people are given in SIA report.

4.4.1 Demographic Features

90. As per 2001 India census, Tumkur and Mandya districts have a population of 25,84,711 and 17,63,705 respectively. Males constitute 50.83 and 50.35% and females 49.17 and 49.65 % of the total population respectively. Districts have a literacy rate of 67.01 and 61.05 % with 76.78 and 70.50 % of the males and 56.94 and 51.53% of females literate respectively. The basic features of demography along the study corridor have been indicated in the Table 4-8. Due to the absence of better data, the figures as of 2001 Census of Population have been used. The demographic data given in the following tables has been worked out considering all villages’ and towns’ administrative boundaries within which the proposed subproject passes.

Table 4-8: Demographic Features of the Study Area

Location Total

Population Total male Population

Total female Population

SC %

STs %

Literacy %

57A 41904 21273 20631 12.07 3.13 63.73 57B 19103 9352 9751 15.15 1.04 56.11 57C 166579 84653 81926 13.21 0.83 68.53

Source: Primary Census Abstract, Census of India, 2001

4.4.2 Occupational Pattern

91. In Table 4.9, attempt has been made to show the features of the workforce in the study area considering all villages’ and towns’ administrative boundaries within which the proposed subproject passes.

34

Table 4-9: Workforce in project area (Rural) Percentage of worker category to Total Population

Link ID Main worker % Marginal Worker % Non-worker %

57A 39.21 6.13 54.66 57B 44.28 4.66 51.06 57C 38.20 4.08 57.72

Source: Primary Census Abstract, Census of India, 2001

92. The total working population of Tumkur and Mandya districts is 50.95 % and 47.65 % of the total population respectively. The main worker population comprises of 40.63 % and 38.69 % of the total population and 10.32 % and 08.96 % is the marginal workers. The worker population in the district from the census data indicates that cultivators and agricultural labours dominate the total working population. The non-working population of the districts is 49.05 % and 52.35 % respectively.

4.4.3 Sites of Tourist and Archaeological Interest

93. Siddaganga of Tumkur district is famous for Shiva temple and siddaganga Mutt, which is a line of hope for poor and orphan children as this mutt is providing Education with free Hostel facility. About 30 Km from Tumkur in Koratagere taluk there is a famous Shri Maha Lakshmi temple whose idol is said to be self originated. Yediyur is famous for Shri Siddalingeshwara temple. Shivaganga is 60 kms from Bangalore. There are temples dedicated to Gangadhara and Honnadevi. There is a fresh water spring called Pathala Ganga. Srirangapatna, the island fortress of the legendary warrior king Tippu sultan popularly known as “Tiger of Mysore” is 25 km from Mandya city. Inside the fortress is Tippu’s Mosque with its twin minarats, the celebrated Ranganatha swamy temple, Tippu’s summer palace, the Wellesley Bridge and dungeons where British officers were once imprisoned. About 1 KM to the east of the fort, Tippu’s summer palace known as the Dariadaulat bagh (Museum) is set amidst a garden. The Brindavan Gardens at the Krishna Raj Sagar, the Ranganathittu Bird Sanctuary, Shivanasamudra falls, temple town of Melkote, and the Tonnur lake are the other prominent tourism places of the Mandya district.

35

5 ANALYSIS ALTERNATIVES

5.1 Introduction:

94. This chapter presents a comparative analysis of various alternatives considered to prevent or minimize impacts that would be inevitable if technically (based on design speed and geometrics) best-fit alignment is followed. The consideration of alternatives to a proposal is a requirement of the EIA report. During the scoping process, alternatives to a proposal were generated or refined, either directly or by reference to the key issues identified. A comparative analysis of alternatives will help to determine the best method of achieving project objectives while minimising environmental impacts. Various alternatives selected for analysis usually includes the ‘no project’ or ‘no action’ alternative. The relative impact of each alternative is compared against the baseline environment to select a preferred alternative.

95. The constituent subproject Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya was considered after finalization of various options such as realignments, bypasses and different construction material options keeping in view objectives of the project, traffic condition, obligatory points, geometric designs, flood regions, congestions and socioeconomic viability and environmental safety aspects. The discussion includes no project scenario; project with alternatives and project with mitigation measures. The objective of this chapter is to highlight some of the salient issues considered for exercising options.

5.2 Project Alternatives

5.2.1 No project scenario

96. The ‘No project scenario’ is analysed with respect to the development of the state as a requirement of reliable quality infrastructure for sustained growth of economy and consequent well-being of its citizens. Providing better connectivity within the state will ensure that, goods and people from areas accessed by the road can commute quicker and save time. Increase in trade and commerce activity is expected. The savings in the vehicle operating costs makes the subproject viable.

97. The economic activity in Tumkur and Mandya region will economically benefit from the proposed subproject. However, there would be an increase in the vehicular pollution - air and noise, in the vicinity of the road. Some agricultural land will be diverted for road widening, realigning and bypassing and some people will lose their properties to accommodate the proposed widening.

98. If the subproject is not implemented, the existing bad pavement of the corridor will deteriorate further. The districts will also find it extremely difficult to generate revenue. Increased air pollution, due to bad road condition, slow moving traffic and congestion will increase. Noise levels will rise due to deterioration of the pavement as well as increased honking. Without the improvement of subproject, the traffic would continue to pose a safety risk for the road users.

99. The ‘project with alternatives’ scenario, even with its adverse impacts is more acceptable than “without” project scenario which would mean an aggravation of the existing

36

problems. Potential benefits of the proposed road improvements are substantial and far-reaching both in terms of the geographical spread and time. The implementation of the subproject will be a definite advantage to Karnataka state in order to achieve all-round development of its economy and progress for its people.

5.2.2 Project with alternatives

100. Although the subproject alignment alternatives is limited with the objective of improving existing road with the exception of required realignments to avoid traffic congested locations, minimize resettlement of public and community properties, air pollution, noise levels and accidents, ribbon developments to safe guard social and commercial integrity of the region and to avoid exorbitant resettlement and business re-establishment costs and correct existing sharp curved (poor geometrics). Impacts from realignments are expected to be manageable due mainly due to their limited length.

5.2.3 Subproject with mitigation measures

101. Subproject with mitigation measures is the preferred alternative. In this alternative, emphasis is given to minimise the impact due to project implementation on the environmental features. This alternative is most suitable where the option of ‘project with alternatives’ is limited.

5.3 Evaluation of subproject alternatives:

102. The alternatives evaluation and selection is presented in Table 5.1.

Table 5-1: Various alternatives of the project Road

components Issues Alternative 1 Alternative 2 Alternative 3

Alignment Congestion Bypass Realignment Tunnel Air pollution Widen Bypass Vegetative Screen Design Noise Solid barrier Bypass Vegetative barrier Animal/Traffic

conflict Cattle crossings in rural area

Chicanes in forest land

Route Forest Compensation on NPV

Realignment on non-forest land

Bypass

Water logged Embankment Drainage Realignment Material Expansive Soil

regions Complete removal Black cotton soil up to 1 meter and laying with good Gravel medium

Use of fly ash within 100 km from thermal plant for embankment

Lime stabilization

Landscape Stone quarry As much as possible to carry out quarries underground

Back filling and developing into recreational spots

Redevelopment and restoration of closed quarries into to a water retention bodies

Obligatory points

Temples/cultural heritage monuments

Realignment Shifting and reconstruction with public consultation

Human values

Land use Provide adequate compensation for the land loss

Provide alternative lands

Commercial integrity

Realignment at congested locations in urban towns

Adequate compensation for the buildings and

Training programmes for Project Affected

37

Road components

Issues Alternative 1 Alternative 2 Alternative 3

business re-establishment

Persons (PAPs)

Health and education

Connectivity to nearest Health care Centre

Connectivity to Nearest School

Source: Environmental Feasibility Report.

5.4 Bypass alternatives

103. There are no bypasses proposed along the Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya except a major realignment at Yadavani of 57B is considered for the subproject link.

5.5 Analysis of cross section type alternatives

104. Five different cross sectional alternatives were considered for the subproject corridor to suit the requirements of the region where the proposed subproject road will pass. The alternatives considered for cross section types are basically rural and urban. Further rural and urban cross sections are classified into different types to suit land use and minimize resettlement. Cross sectional alternatives considered for the subproject are given in the following Table – 5.3.

Table 5-2: Cross sectional alternatives considered in the subproject.

Width of Carriageway

(m) Type of Cross

Section

2 –Lane

4-Lane P

aved

Sh

ou

lder

(m

)

Ea

rth

en

Sh

ou

lde

r (m

)

Sh

ou

lder

s w

ith

Pav

er

Blo

ck

s /

Pa

rkin

g

Ba

ys

(m

)

Fo

ot

Pat

h (

m)

Wid

th o

f D

ari

n (

m)

Med

ian

(m

)

Em

ban

kmen

t S

lop

e W

idth

(m

) –

ty

pic

al

Ber

m W

idth

(m

)

Dit

ch

Wid

th (

m)

To

tal

Wid

th (

m)

UR1A 7 - 1.5 1 - - 2.12 0.5 2.75 22.2 UR1B 7 - - 2.5 - - 2.12 0.5 2.75 22.2

UR2 7 2.5 to

4.5 - 13.8 - 17.8

UR3 7 2.5 to

4.5 1.1 0.9 - 14.9 - 18.9

UR7 7 1.5 1 14.6

5.6 Preferred Alternative:

105. The proposed Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya subproject is an existing State Highway and it is being up-graded and no new alignment is being proposed except for a major realignment at Yadavani and minor realignments for improving the road geometrics and for smoothening the sharp curves. The scope for project alternatives as a whole is very much limited.

38

6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

106. There is a growing awareness on the major environmental impacts of the road development projects. Some of the major environmental impacts of road projects pertains to the natural environment and nearby communities (ecosystems). However, these impacts are easily mitigated through engineering designs and good construction practices.

107. The subproject aim being limited to upgradation of existing State Highway (84) stretch of Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya subproject road will pose limited adverse impacts, all of which are site-specific, and can easily be mitigated. Irreversible impacts are few and limited to land use conversion into road carriageway. These situations do not call for full scale environmental impact assessment. The chapter identifies potential environmental impacts and formulates suitable mitigation measures.

6.1 Impact on Physical Environment

6.1.1 Climate

Impacts during Construction Phase

108. The project corridor Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya is in eastern dry agro climatic zone. Though no change in the macro-climatic parameters (precipitation, temperature and wind) is envisaged due to the subproject, cutting of approximately 3,292 number of trees , laying of paved surface and other construction activities temporarily modify the microclimate.

Mitigation measures

Efforts shall be made to minimize the number of trees being cut during design by realigning the subproject section with green tunnels. Efforts to minimize the impact on trees shall be continued during the project implementation by coordinating with the contractor.

Approximately 21,724 avenue plantations shall be taken up along both sides of the road giving due importance to Karnataka Tree Preservation Act, and additional plantation works shall be taken up on available oxbow land locations and with in RoW as an enhancement measures to reduce the impacts of air and dust pollution and act as a natural filter to traffic emissions (Appendix – 10 and 11).

Impacts during Operation Phase

109. There would be an increase in daytime temperature near the newly paved surfaces of the road due to increase in the surface area of blacktop of widened road and loss of shade giving trees. Temporary increase in the temperature assumes significance especially to the slow moving traffic, pedestrians and the first row of residences / receptors along the corridor.

Mitigation measures

This impact shall be avoided by planting a row of avenue trees and median plantation. Landscaping and restoring the green cover along the length of the proposed road reduces the impact of temperature along the alignment (Appendix – 10).

39

6.1.2 Natural Hazard

110. The subproject road 57 passes through different topographical locations and only some section of subproject is prone to inundation during flash floods in the region and have significant effect over the road structure, fast deterioration of pavement and shoulder of the roads. Flood prone stretches identified along the subproject is given in the Table – 6.1.

Table 6-1: Flood prone areas along subproject

Cor ID

Chainage (Km)

Length of the reach to be

raised Remarks

3.800 50m on either side High level bridge proposed with raise in approaches

22.300 50m on either side Road level raised

27.800 100m on either side

High level bridge proposed with raise in approaches


Road level raised

30.800 50m on either side High level bridge proposed with raise in approaches


57A


Road level raised

57B 2.930 50m on either side Road level raised


8.860 50m on either side Road level raised 57C 7.650 50m on either side Road level raised

111. As per earth quake prone zoning, whole of Karnataka State falls under zone II and III. The subproject area falls in zone II (Low Damage Risk Zone) meaning least prone to earthquakes.

Mitigation measures

The height of the embankment along with both longitudinal and cross drainage shall be improved in all areas of flood prone section in such a way that the raise in the embankment height should not act as barrier for the free flow of runoff water and should avoid flooding and water logging that could have negative impact on the traffic, local community damaging the road surface and the embankment. Run off water recharge pits have been proposed to facilitate the infiltration of runoff water into the ground (Appendix – 2).

As the subproject road falls in zone II (Low Damage Risk Zone) no special design considerations are warranted for civil structures.

6.1.3 Air quality

112. Air quality along the subproject road alignment and at congested major settlements locations like Gubbi, Chandrashekarapura, Beeragonahalli, Yediyur, Kowdley and Mandya town will be adversely impacted both during construction and operation stages.

Impacts during Construction Stages

113. Most of the dust (suspended particulate matter) during construction arises from operations such as excavation and filling during site preparation works, loading, unloading

40

and transportation of construction material, drilling, use of heavy equipments and machinery in the earthworks and pavement works. Large quantities of dust become wind borne and are carried away depending on the wind velocity and wind direction. The fugitive dust released during the construction activities cause immediate effect on the construction workers as well as on the settlements adjacent to the alignment, especially those in the downwind direction.

114. Increased suspended particulate matter and fugitive gaseous emissions like, oxides of sulphur (SO2), oxides of nitrogen (NOx), carbon monoxide (CO) and hydrocarbon (HC) will be released from vehicles, hot mix plant, batching plants and diesel generator sets; stone crushing units in the stone quarries, etc also add to the problem. Most of the generated pollutants from the above activities are limited to construction phase and confined to impact zone in downwind direction of the site hence no significant is envisaged.

Mitigation measures

Consent for Establishment (CFE) and Consent for Operation (CFO) shall be obtained for construction establishments such as hot mix plants, batching plants and stone crushers from the SPCB. All project activities are adhered to the contractual obligations under clearances and approvals

All vehicles and construction equipments operating for the contractor and the consultant shall obtain “Pollution Under Control” (PUC) Certificates. Good maintenance of all vehicles and machines used in construction activities must be conformed to the National standards.

Vehicles deployed for borrow material, sand and aggregate haulage shall be covered with tarpaulins to be spillage proof.

Location of all construction establishments such as hot mix plants, WMM plants, Crusher plants, Construction camps and offices etc shall be located at least 1 km away from the human habitations and preferably on the leeward side ensuring all legal requirements and standards (Appendix - 21).

In order to curb the increased fugitive dust emissions in the area due to excavations, loading, unloading, vehicular movement and raw material transport, provisions shall be made for periodical sprinkling water on all the haul roads on a regular basis during the entire construction period (Appendix – 16).

Pollution control devices such as cyclone separators /scrubbers shall be installed to control emissions from hot mix plants, crushing units and concrete batching plants. Height of the stacks shall be as per the statutory requirements.

Construction labours shall be provided with nose masks and other personnel protective equipments (Appendix – 9).

LPG or low sulphur diesel shall be used in the Diesel Generator sets and DGs are fitted with the stack of required height.

To ensure the efficacy of the mitigation measures suggested, all operational areas (work sites, haul roads, hot mix plants, quarries, borrow sites and disposal sites) under the road construction works are to be regularly monitored for air quality parameters so that suitable mitigation measures can be taken up if any of the parameters exceed the prescribed limit.

41

Impacts during Operation Stage

115. Operation stage impacts will not be as severe as the construction stage impacts and they will be confined generally to a ribbon development close to edge of the pavement.

116. After the completion of road project, smoothened new pavement and widened roads reduces fugitive dust emissions. Reduction in the vehicular emissions is due to more uniform speed and less frequent acceleration and deceleration of vehicles. The levels of SO2, NOx, CO and HC are likely to come down to a greater extent by the operating vehicles on new smooth roads with extensive savings on consumption of fuel. However there may be localized impact with increase in number of vehicles (traffic) running on the road, adulterated fuel supply and poor maintenance of vehicle, which spreads down depending on wind direction and wind speeds.

117. There will be continued enhancement of air pollution due to increase in number of vehicles on the improved roads over a period of designed life. It is difficult to predict the pollution levels from vehicle since it is not known how the adoption of new technology vehicles would proceed. However it is possible to assess the future pollution load on the assumption that old technology vehicle would persist. The unit load of pollutants from different type of vehicles have been estimated under the same assumption by the Indian Institute of Petroleum which is presented in Table 6.2.

Table 6-2: Emission factors of different vehicles (g/Km) Types of Vehicle CO HC NOx SOx Pb TSP

Two Wheeler 8.3 5.16 - 0.013 0.004 - Cars 24.03 3.57 1.57 0.053 0.0117 - Three Wheelers 12.25 7.77 - 0.029 0.009 - Buses-Urban 4.381 1.327 8.281 1.441 - 0.275 Trucks 3.425 1.327 6.475 1.127 - 0.45 Light Commercial Vehicles 1.3 0.5 2.5 0.4 - 0.1

Source: Indian Institute of Petroleum, 1985

118. Based on the emission factors and predicted increase in the number of vehicles, the loads of vehicular pollution in the project road for the year 2006 as well as those expected in 2012 have been estimated in Table 6.3.

Table 6-3: Pollution load of pollutants along the project routes (in Tons/Km) Link ID

Link description Year CO HC NOx SO2 Pb TSP

2006 0.012405 0.008580 0.001093 0.000176 0.000010 0.00003657A

Gubbi – Beeragonahalli 2012 0.019996 0.014179 0.001890 0.000278 0.000018 0.000054

2006 0.007859 0.004969 0.002420 0.000734 0.000005 0.00023757B

Beeragonahalli – Kowdley 2012 0.013022 0.008561 0.004019 0.001162 0.000009 0.000371

2006 0.006023 0.003951 0.001373 0.000283 0.000004 0.00010057C Kowdley - Mandya

2012 0.010897 0.007456 0.002408 0.000466 0.000008 0.000100

Note: TSP: Total Suspended Particulate, CO: Carbon Monoxide, HC Hydrocarbons, NOx: Oxides of Nitrogen, SO2: Sulpher dioxide, Pb: Lead.

Mitigation measures:

During operation stage of the project, vehicular emissions of pollutants (SPM, RSPM, CO, SO2, NOx and Pb) shall be monitored at approved representative locations

42

against the National Standards (Appendix – 7). Regular monitoring of air quality along the project area should help to ensure air pollutants within permissible limits.

Conduct roadside tailpipe emission testing on vehicles emitting visible black smoke, in coordination with other state government agencies.

Conduct information campaign on the benefits of properly maintained engines and good driving habits in reducing risk of accident and improving fuel consumption.

Avenue and median plantation along the road sides and medians respectively should help to control dust and fugitive emissions from reaching the receptors. Compensatory plantation could be taken up in the available space within RoW. Tree plantation for attenuating pollution levels shall include pollution tolerant species with thick foliage (Appendix – 10).

6.1.4 Noise

Impact on Noise levels during construction stage

119. The community abutting subproject will be adversely affected by increase in noise level due to road development activities. Road noise depends on factors such as nature of construction activity, traffic intensity, type and condition of the vehicles plying on the road, acceleration/deceleration/gear changes by the vehicles depending on the level of congestion and smoothness of road surface (IRC: 104-1988).

120. Pre construction stage activities such as establishment of workers camps, stockyards will generate a little noise in addition to localised (base) noise levels. There will be increased noise levels due to diversion of traffic and movement of heavy equipments on unpaved roads for a short duration during the pre-construction stage. As these noise generating activities are not likely to be placed near settlement locations, the noise impact is bound to be negligible.

121. Various road construction activities increase noise levels in the impact zone of the project corridor. The construction activities such as excavation for foundations, grading of the site, construction of structures and facilities, movement of heavy vehicles, loading, transportation and unloading of construction materials and also activities such as blasting at stone quarry sites, crushing plants, asphalt production produce significant noise during construction stage. Noise is a major area of concern, especially where a number of sensitive receptors are located within Impact zone and close to RoW.

122. The impacts on noise due to the project will be of significance in both the construction as well as the operation stages. A survey conducted by Design Consultants in association with an approved monitoring agency at important locations of project area has noise levels monitored. The observed values of noise level and their Equivalent noise levels are given below in Table 6.4.

Table 6-4: Noise Impact in the project en route. Cor.ID

Project road Description of

Location Hourly

Leq Day-Night

Leq 8-Hourly

Leq 57 Gubbi –

Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya

Near petrol pump Mandya town, (End of Subproject 57 C)

79.226 83.0143 83.0713

43


Use of enclosures, walls, installation of mufflers around noisy equipment and the noise sources reduce noise generated during construction and demolition activities.

Substituting quieter equipment or construction methods; minimizing time of operation and locating equipment farther from sensitive receptors.

Timing of noisier construction and demolition activities to between 6 AM and 10 PM would reduce construction noise impacts during night;

Detouring construction trucks away from noise-sensitive areas such as schools and hospitals would eliminate construction truck noise from those areas;

Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) such as Ear plugs and earmuffs shall be provided to the workers operating or working near noise generating machines (Appendix – 9).

Equipping construction equipment engines with adequate mufflers, silencers, and engine enclosures would reduce their noise by 5 to 10 dB (A);

Turning off construction equipments during the prolonged periods of nonuse eliminates noise from construction equipment during those periods;

Regular maintenance of all equipments and training to equipment operators would reduce noise levels and increase efficiency of equipments;

Locating stationary equipment away from sensitive receptors would decrease noise considerably and

Consideration of bypass to avoid the road construction near Gadag town will reduce the impact of noise during construction.

Impact on ambient Noise levels during Operation Stage

123. The noise will be reduced during operation stage as subproject road will be smoothened and widened as a part of road improvement. However there will be negligible noise from usage of poorly maintained vehicles and old vehicles. The impact is more significant at the sensitive receptors like schools, colleges and hospitals present along the project road. Details of noise sensitive receptors located in impact zone of the project are given below in Table 6.5.

Table 6-5: Noise sensitive locations along the subproject S.

No. Chainage

(KM) LHS RHS

57A (Gubbi-Beergondanahalli)

1 1.720 Govt. Lower Primary School, Gubbi, Amanikere.

2 2.500 Govt. Lower Primary School, Gubbi, Amanikere.

3 4.700 Govt. Higher Primary School, G. Hosahalli

4 5.060 Sri Veerabhadraeswara High School, G. Hosahalli

5 8.790 Sri Ranganatha Rural High School, Surigenahalli

6 12.600 Govt. Higher Primary School. K G Temple

44

S. No.

Chainage (KM)

LHS RHS

7 14.550 Primary Health Centre, Chikka kunnala.

8 18.900 Govt. Composite High School, Hindasageri.

9 20.850 Govt. Urdu Lower Primary School, Chandra shekarapura.

10 28.160 Govt. Composite High School, Kallahalli.

11 30.300 Govt. Higher Primary School. Jannenahalli

12 32.900 Govt. Lower Primary School, Nagegowdana palya

13 36.060 Govt. Lower Primary School, Shettigondanahalli

.

14 36.060 Govt. Higher Primary School, Shettigondanahalli.

15 37.165 Anganawadi Kedra, G. Dodderi.

16 37.275 Govt. Lower Primary School, G. Dodderi

17 42.640 Govt. Lower Primary School, Kodipalya/Ammanahatti.

18 44.300 Govt. Composite High School, Doddamadure.

19 45.200 Govt. Higher Primary School, Doddamadure.

57B (Beergondanahalli-Kowdley)

1 4.350 Annapoorna Lower Primary School, Mangalagrama Rehabilitation Village

2 5.300 Siddartha Aided High School, Markonahalli.

3 6.150 Govt. Lower Primary School, Thigalarapalya

4 8.700 Govt. Lower Primary School, Hjanumapura.

5 11.900 Sri Maruthi Vidya Samsthe, Amruthur 6 15.900 Govt. Lower Primary School, Hosakere

7 19.950 Govt. Lower Primary School, Sanabadakoppalu

8 22.420 Govt. Lower Primary School, Bynavaradakoppalu

9 24.450 Govt. Higher Primary School, Hanchipura.

10 25.000 Pragathi Vidya Peeta (HPS), Yadavani.

11 25.200 Primary Health Centre and Metarnity Home, Yadavani

57C ( Kowdley To Mandya) 1 0.150 Govt. Lower Primary School, Kowdley 2 0.880 Primary Health Centre Kowdley 3 6.940 Govt. Lower Primary School, D Malligere 4 8.320 Govt. Composite High School,

Hosagavi.

5 12.640 Higher Primary School, Chandagalu. 6 12.950 Govt. Higher Primary School,

Challanayakanahalli. 7 15.600 Govt. Higher Primary School, Hallagere 8 17.200 Govt. Higher Promary School, Chikka

balli.

45

S. No.

Chainage (KM)

LHS RHS

9 17.700 Govt. Higher Primary School, Anesosalu.

10 20.400 Govt. Primary School, Kollundi. 11 20.800 Govt. Higher Primary School,

Ankammanadoddi.

12 21.500 Primary Helath Centre, Keregodu. 13 21.900 Govt. Higher Primary School, Keregodu. 14 23.300 Govt. Higher Primary School,

Marilinganadoddi.

15 27.500 Primary Health Centre, Hulivana. 16 29.100 Primary Health Centre, Honaganahalli. 17 31.600 Primary Health Centre, Sathanur 18 32.000 Govt. Higher Primary School,

Chikkamandya. 19 32.900 Govt. Composite High School,

Chikkamandya.

124. Adopting Highway Noise Model and by incorporating the future predicted number of vehicle users in community and noise level factor, the noise level of vehicular traffic in 2006 as well as those expected in future (2012), the noise levels have been estimated and given in Table 6.6.

Table 6-6: Noise level (in dB (A)) due to Traffic along the project Road links

Link ID

Project road YearTotal

Vehicle per day (No.)

q (Vehicles/

Hours) d (in M)

u (Miles/ Hour)

L (dB(A)

2006 533 22.2 15 20.193 61.610557A Gubbi –

Beeragonahalli 2012 1,021 42.5 15 50.000 72.30872006 4,283 178.5 15 19.732 70.4601

57B Beeragonahalli – Kowdley 2012 8,383 349.3 15 50.000 81.4525

2006 1,043 43.5 15 17.287 63.176157C Kowdley - Mandya 2012 1,929 80.4 15 50.000 75.0718

Mitigation measures

Planting one or more rows of avenue vegetation along the project road and stationary noise sources reduce noise

Noise barriers are constructed at sensitive receptors such as schools, colleges, hospitals, etc. can reduce long-term noise levels associated with road subprojects (Appendix - 6).

Traffic management measures such as prohibition on use of horns and speed restrictions at noise sensitive areas like schools, civil courts and major hospitals reduce roadway noise levels (Appendix – 14).

Reduction in traffic congestion due to road widening correspondingly decreases traffic noise levels.

A regular monitoring programme should help to ensure the control of noise pollution under prescribed limits.

46

6.1.5 Impact on Soil and Land use

6.1.5.1 Loss of Productive Soil and Change in Land use

Construction phase:

125. Upgradation of subproject road requires acquisition of agricultural land abutting subproject where the proposed RoW width exceeds the existing RoW. Some stretches of the project corridor constitutes productive agricultural land which may be affected. Loss of agricultural land may result from the establishment of construction camp, labour camp, concrete batching plant, hot mix plants borrow areas, quarries near to subproject roads and access roads.

126. Suspended particulate matter from quarries and crushers lead to decrease in productivity of the soil; degeneration of plant species and retards the plant growth.


Top humus rich soil from productive agricultural lands is preserved during construction and reused later for plantation works and for turfing works of embankment slopes.

All efforts shall be made to restore the sites of construction camps, labour camps, borrow areas, quarries and access roads to these establishments shall be restored and rehabilitated to its original land use after construction works are over (Appendix – 17).

It shall be planned in such a way that construction activities and diversion of traffic nearby settlements does not disturb the commercial activities of the towns (Appendix – 14).

Operation Stage impacts

127. After the construction of road is over, some of the land use changes are envisaged due to improved accessibility to far off distances and changes in socio economic activities, especially linear developments at the villages and towns will increase. The agricultural and horticultural activities will be positively benefited from better roads and connectivity.


It is necessary to ensure that no deterioration or major land use change such as ribbon development shall take place. Many of the land use changes by the subproject road improvement are beyond the control of project proponent.

6.1.5.2 Soil Erosion

Construction Phase

128. Road construction activities will intensify the effects of natural soil erosion due to vegetation removal, soil disturbance and exposure of bare soil surface.

129. Soil erosion is anticipated at bridge and culvert construction sites. Problem will be more pronounced if the construction is taken up in rainy season. Construction activities such as cuttings and fillings will initiate soil erosion within CoI and at borrow areas, quarries and access roads to these areas.

47

Mitigation measures

Special care has to be taken while construction at erosion prone locations during monsoon.

Recommended slope ratio of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal shall be maintained to avoid soil erosion and land slides at embankment slopes and at borrow areas. IRC: 56-1974 shall be followed for treatment of embankment slopes for control of erosion (Appendix – 18).

Stone pitching and retaining structures shall be provided to control to soil erosion wherever necessary. Turfing is taken up for the embankment slopes of bridge locations as a slope protection measure and to improve the aesthetics (Appendix – 18).

All construction debris shall be cleared immediately after the construction is over to prevent unconsolidated soil being eroded by either wind or runoff water.

Operation Phase

130. No significant impacts are predicted other than those resulting from neglected protection works in erosion prone areas and failure to maintain re-vegetated areas along the alignment, borrow sites, and debris disposal sites.

131. Bridge approaches with high embankments are vulnerable to soil erosion during high rainfalls.

Mitigation measures

To prevent soil erosion along the embankment during operation phase, regular monitoring inspections should be undertaken to ensure that drainage, bridge approaches and re-vegetated areas are maintained and strengthened to prevent re-occurrence of soil erosion.

6.1.5.3 Borrow areas and Quarries

132. Generally, murrum is collected from the wasteland notified from Government or with the consent from the farmers (owners) in case of farmland. Borrowing earth will cause loss of productive top soil, changes in land use, soil erosion, and degradation of land. Generation of dust from roads, spillage and compaction of borrow material along haul roads during transportation to the construction sites is of significance. List of proposed murrum borrow pits is given in Appendix – 17.

133. Sand will be dredged from Shimsha river, streams and local Nalla basins, which may alter the course of flow disturbing the river bed and velocity of flowing water in the river. Increase in localised sedimentation may be noticed nearby dredged locations.

134. No new quarries will be opened for the subproject as quarry material will be sourced from the existing nearby. However, if new quarries are to be opened up and use of explosive is absolutely necessary to break open the aggregates. Opening up quarry alters the terrain affecting the aesthetics of the landscape and alters contours of the geographical region. Impact will be very large and permanent in nature. A major source of dust during the construction stage is from stone crushing operations from the crushers and the vibrating screen.

48

Mitigation measures

Contractor should to prepare Debris transportation and disposal plan; Borrow area /quarry/crusher area development and rehabilitation plan before starting construction activities (Appendix- 17 and 18).

All requisite clearances shall be obtained from State Pollution Control Board, Mines and Geology Department before starting quarrying and borrowing activities.

Controlled blasting techniques like restricted quantity of explosive to be charged per delay detonator in stone quarries, shall be adhered to restrict the range of fly rock (Appendix – 18).

The information on quarries opened exclusively for the purpose of the subproject shall be brought to notice of the Government to ensure that these quarry leases are not renewed after expiry.

During construction phase there will be diversion of traffic at these quarry locations. Sprinkling water for the earthen haul roads to minimize the fugitive dust and good traffic management is necessitated (Appendix – 14)

Abandoned or closed quarries can be used as final receptors of unserviceable construction waste with required compaction. The area should be rehabilitated with good soil for 30 cm thickness and turfing or plantation shall be done in the area

Topsoil should be preserved and back filled after the rehabilitation of quarry/borrow areas Natural geographical contours and natural landscape shall be preserved and maintained.

The earth material required should be borrowed from the wasteland or barren land and should not be excavated from the productive agricultural lands and forestland (Appendix – 13).

The crusher units are to be covered with windbreaker sheet or fitted with cyclone scrubber to decrease the suspended particulate matter. Frequent sprinkling of water in the premises of the crusher will reduce the fugitive dust and growing vegetative belt around the crushers will control the suspended particulate matter (Appendix – 19).

6.1.5.4 Compaction and contamination of Soil

Construction Phase

135. Soils of productive agricultural area adjoining subproject road, haul roads, construction camp area, labour camp area and at other construction establishments will be compacted due to the movement of heavy equipments, transportation vehicles and other construction activities.

136. Soil may be contaminated due to spillage and inappropriate storage of oils and lubricants at workshop areas. Soil also gets contaminated by the spills of bitumen waste at hot mix plants. Unscientific disposal of liquid waste (sewage) and domestic solid waste from construction camps and labour camps will contaminate the soil.

Mitigation measures

Soil compaction beyond RoW shall be avoided by controlling the movement of construction vehicles.

49

Existing roads shall be used for hauling the construction materials and new haulage roads are routed on the barren lands.

If haulage roads are inevitable on productive agricultural land, it shall be reclaimed to the original nature after the completion of construction activity.

Construction camps, labour camps, material storage areas shall be rehabilitated to the original condition after the completion of construction work.

A construction camp layout plan shall be developed with designated area for storage of fuel, oil and lubricants with required slope directing it to oil interceptor before washings are let into the waste water chamber. The collected oil and grease residues are collected and stored and disposed off as per the Hazardous waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 (Appendix – 20).

Waste water treatment plants shall be constructed at labour camps to treat the sewage to the prescribed CPCB standards (Appendix – 7) before disposing it on the land or water.

Domestic solid waste from construction and labour camps shall be segregated into biodegradable and non biodegradable before being sent to treatment. Biodegradable wastes are treated by composting and non biodegradable wastes are either recycled or disposed off to authorised land fill site.

6.1.6 Impact on Ground water

Construction Phase

137. Water required for construction of road and for domestic uses of labour camps and workers drawn from existing community bore wells and nearby irrigation canals may impact the local users. Paved surface of the road will reduce the percolation of runoff water and decreases the ground water recharge. Sources of ground water such as bore wells and hand pumps are getting affected by the widening of the project road. Unscientific disposal of the untreated waste water generated in the construction camp and labour camps may contaminate the ground water.

Mitigation measures

In case of scarcity of water for construction purposes, contractor shall prepare and implement the approved Water Management Plan in accordance with the Appendix – 15. The contractor shall provide a list of locations and type of sources from where water for construction shall be extracted.

Ground water recharge pits shall be provided at suitable intervals to facilitate the recharge of runoff water in to the ground augmenting the water table of the project area (Appendix – 2).

The contractor shall use ground/surface water as a source of water for the construction and may set up own bore well facility for construction work with requisite permission from State Ground Water Authorities. To avoid disruption/disturbance to availability and supply to nearby communities, contractor shall extract water from approved locations.

Contractor may take surface water from the Irrigation Canal with the written consent from the Irrigation Department.

50

Construction camps and labour camps shall be provided with suitable storage and treatment facility to treat the sewage. Before it is disposed off (Appendix – 21).

All ground water supply sources which are impacted by the subproject road are relocated to a suitable location in consultation with local community.

Operation Stage

138. No significant impact on ground water during operation phase except reduction in the recharge of ground water due to paved surface of subproject road.

Mitigation measures

Provision for Ground water recharge pits are made at suitable location along the subproject road to facilitate the runoff water to percolate in to the ground (Appendix – 2). Regular maintenance of these recharge pits shall be done during the operation stage to prevent choking of these recharge pits.

6.1.7 Impact on surface water bodies

Construction Phase

139. There is Shimsha river, small streams and irrigational nallas in the impact zone. There is a Markonahalli water reservoir, small streams tributaries of Shimsha river and small irrigational canals in the influence zone of subproject road. There are 9 ponds and 5 lakes along the subproject road. Disturbance to flows; alteration of drainage causing erosion; sewage and oil/grease/lubricant contamination from construction camps may occur.

140. Some of the water supply units adjacent to subproject road within proposed RoW will be impacted. The affected water supply units such as hand pumps, wells and agricultural bore wells within proposed RoW are given in Table 6.7.

Table 6-7: Water supply sources likely affected link wise in the project area (in Nos.)

Link ID

Link description Hand Pump

s

Bore Wells and

Pump house

MWS/Water cister

n

Water

Taps

Water Lines

Over Head

Tank/GL Reservoir

Public Toilet/ Man hole

57A

Gubbi – Beeragonahalli

12 8 16 - - 14 -

57B

Beeragonahalli – Kowdley

13 10 16 - - 4 -

57C

Kowdley - Mandya 22 12 5 11 - 24 -

141. Use of local water resources for road construction activities may disturb local water supply and use.

Mitigation measures

Construction works of culverts and bridge (cross drainage structures) are taken up during the lean flow periods in summer to minimize the impacts on drainage.

All the water resources and water supply connections such as bore wells, taps, water cisterns, and pipelines being impacted by the project shall be relocated in such a

51

manner that it should not hamper the access to drinking water. Relocation of bore wells shall be done with consent of concerned water supply authority or the owner.

Water for construction shall not be tapped from the surface water resources like non-perennial rivers, lakes and water tanks which are being utilized for drinking purposes.

Ponds and other cattle feed tanks should be conserved by effective planning and design modifications. If so affected new ponds have to be constructed by taking the public opinion and revenue authority. The locations should be such that it should be on barren land.

Provision for enhancement of one water body along the stretch of the subproject road has been made (Appendix – 11).

Construction waste shall not be dumped in to the rivers as it constricts the passage to the flow of water and ecosystem of the water body is disturbed (Appendix – 16).

Appropriate location should be sited for the construction camp, workers camp, etc. to prevent the waste water from entering these water resources and prevent incidence of spreading of communicable diseases through water. Provision for treatment of wastewater shall be made (Appendix – 21).

Cleaning of construction vehicles and construction equipments shall be prohibited at rivers, canal and other water bodies.

When the excavation is undertaken in the wet area of the water body, the banks shall be protected, such that the slopes are not steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal. Protection works such as geo-textures, silt traps shall be used to control the erosion at these points.

Provision for silt traps has been made at regular intervals of the subproject road (Appendix – 3)

All efforts shall be maintained to use the hazardous scarified bituminous material in the construction of approach roads and disposed off in the landfill or dumping into clay lined bitumen disposal pits so that that leachate does not reach the ground water and pollute (Appendix – 5).

Provision for oil interceptors shall be made at all the construction camps/workshop areas to separate the oil and grease waste generated from servicing of equipments and vehicles used in the construction (Appendix – 8).

Operation stage

142. Surface water contamination may result from storm water containing oil and grease, metals and other pollutants released by vehicles on the roadway. Storm water may also contain nutrients and herbicides used for management of vegetation in the right-of-way.

143. Proposed widening also contributes to consolidation of embankment decreasing the permeability of the paved and unpaved shoulder area by decreasing the ground water recharge and increasing in run off aftermaths of road construction. Surface runoff also increases due to paved impervious surface of main carriageway.

144. The accidental spills of oils, fuels and other hazardous chemicals on the roads during operational phase will pollute near by water courses of the area.

52

Mitigation measures

During operation stage, regular cleaning of chocked / blocked or damaged drainage provision are necessary to avoid operational impact.

Monitoring of water quality to comply with Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act will have better control over the quality maintenance.

6.1.8 Impact on Hydrology and Drainage

Construction Phase

145. Construction of high embankment road may act as a barrier to the flow of runoff water in absence of adequate cross drainage structures.

146. Run off water quantity may increase near the project area due to the paved surface of the subproject road.

Mitigation measures

In addition to treatment of existing culverts and bridges, new cross drainage structures shall be proposed to take care of the increased run off and maintain the existing drainage morphometry of the project area.

Longitudinal drainage system is designed to handle surface runoff from the paved surface of the road and embankment slopes as per IRC: SP 42 and IRC: SP 50.

Rain water harvesting structures shall be provided to recharge the ground water from excess of runoff from the surface of the project road.

Operation Stage

147. Hydrology of the project area is least impacted during operation stage, if all design criterion are taken into consideration during design.

Mitigation measures

Regular maintenance of drains by removing the silt and dirt before the start of monsoon will prevent choking of drains.

6.2 Impact on Biological Environment

6.2.1 Terrestrial Ecology

148. Most of the project road stretch passes through agricultural areas and built-up areas and there are no National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries and other eco-sensitive areas nearby subproject road

Construction Stage

149. The acquisition of productive agricultural land at some stretches is inherent to the road development projects. The loss of crops on productive agricultural land is inevitable during construction stage due to operating heavy vehicles.

150. Some stretches of avenue trees such as Azadirachta indica (Bevu) and Ficus religious (Arali) are found along the subproject road. Total of 1,888 trees are impacted due to

53

the project. Cutting of trees will have negligible impact on local meteorological parameters. Details of number of trees to be felled in the project area for the proposed road widening are presented in Table 6.8.

Table 6-8: Girth wise likely impact on avenue trees (in Nos.) Link ID

Link description Girth (30cm

–60 cm) Girth (>60cm

- 90cm) Girth (>90cm

- 180cm) Girth

(>180cm) Total

57A Gubbi – Beeragonahalli 838 44 36 35 953

57B Beeragonahalli – Kowdley

954 279 149 72 1,454

57C Kowdley - Mandya 630 80 66 109 885

151. During construction of subproject road, there will be inconvenience for local road users and domestic animals and also cause health problems by the dust and gaseous pollutants for a short period.


Trees impacted due to the project shall only be cut after requisite permission from State Forest Department is obtained.

Trees impacted by the project shall be compensated by planting of endemic tree species which are highly tolerable to vehicular emissions and dust will be taken up as per IRC: SP 21.

The median in urban sectors are landscaped with small tree/bushes and blooming shrubs to avoid future tree cutting when the road is upgraded further.

All necessary measures such as siting of construction establishments away from human habitations; increase of stack height; regular maintenance of construction equipments and vehicles; etc. shall be taken up to reduce the dust and gaseous emissions during construction activities.

A row of approximately 21,724 avenue trees shall be planted on both sides of the subproject for the entire length (Appendix – 10). Indigenous species are selected for plantation, which will suit the local environmental conditions. Some species of trees, shrubs and herbs recommended for plantation are given in the following table.

Trees Shrubs Herbs Acacia arabica (Kateria babul)

Acacia auriculiformis (Pencil tree)

Samanea saman ( Rain tree)

Terminalia arjun (Arjuna)

Pongamia pinnata (Honge)

Peltophorum pterocarpum (Yellow gulmohar)

Casuarina equisetifolia (Sarve mara)

Michelia champaca (Sampige)

Polyalthia longifolia (Ashoka)

Delonix regia (Gulmohar)

Butea monosperma (Muthuga)

Jacaranda mimosaefolia (Jacaranda)

Plumeria kubra (Deva kanagale)

Bauhinia variegate (Kanchivala)

Bougainvillea (Baganvilas)

Calotropis procera R. Br. (Madar)

Cassia sophera Wall. (Kasunda)

Clerodendron infortunatum. (Bhant)

Ipomoea fistulosa (Behaya)

Lantana camara L. (Ghaneri)

Murraya exotica L. (Kamini)

Nerium odorum Ait. (Lal Kaner)

Ricinus communis L. (Arand)

Tabernaemontana coronaria Wils. (Chandni)

Thevetia nerifolia Juss. (Peela Kaner)

Achyranthes aspera Jacq. (Latjira)

Amaranthus graecizans Auct.

Argemone mexican L. (Sialkanta)

Croton sparsiflorus Morong.

Solanum xanthocarpum Schard and Wendl. (Bhatkataiya)

54

Trees Shrubs Herbs Aegle marmelos Correa. (Bilpatra)

Azadirachat indica. (Bevu)

Ficus religiosa Forsk. (Arali)

Operation stage

152. Impacts to terrestrial ecology during project operation are either minimal or positive. Trees will be established along the road such that it does not affect the visibility and improve micro-climate (see Appendix-10) and sequester greenhouse gases.

Mitigation measures

All efforts shall be made for survival of planted trees. A Memorandum of Understanding has been signed with Karnataka State Forest Department to take up the plantation work along with maintenance of trees for 7 years. Selection of big tree species having lateral growth should be avoided to ensure vertical clearance on the subproject road to avoid any obstruction to the visibility for the operating vehicles. Small avenue trees shall be preferred over big trees. Fruit bearing avenue trees shall be avoided.

The traffic – animal conflicts during the operation stage shall be resolved by implementing speed calming mitigation measures such as road humps, rumble strips, speed limits, sign boards etc (Appendix – 14).

It is necessary to comply with Hazardous Waste (Handling and Management) Rules, 1989 during road construction projects to protect animals by consuming contaminated water. Accidental chemical spills shall be handled by emergency spill procedure such as stopping the flow; removing ignition source; initiating emergency response; cleanup and safe disposal will be followed (Appendix – 20).

It is essential to make provisions for the transportation of agricultural equipments and animal crossing wherever necessary by providing service roads, speed breakers (road humps, rumble strips, signboards, etc.). Although situation does not warrant for the provision of exclusive underpasses, all possible efforts shall be made to avoid animal-traffic conflict arising out of proposed improvement of project roads.

6.2.2 Aquatic Ecology

Construction Stage

153. Impacts on the aquatic ecology during construction include increase in the silt inflow to the surface water bodies and disposal of liquid wastes and untreated sewage from construction camps and labour camps into the surface water bodies.

Mitigation measures

Construction of road embankments shall be adhered to 1:2 slope ratio and turfing on the slopes will reduce the embankment erosion. Construction of cross drainage structures will be taken up during lean flow period to avoid the silt inflow to the surface water bodies.

55

Liquid wastes and sewage from the construction establishments will be treated to meet the CPCB standards (Appendix – 7) before disposing it into water bodies.

Operation stage

154. There is no significant impact on aquatic ecology during operation stage except accidental chemical spill in the project area entering the surrounding water bodies and proving detrimental to aquatic fauna.

155. There will be impact on aquatic ecology due to flow of sediments from the embankment slopes if turfing done on slopes are not regularly monitored and maintained.

Mitigation measures

Accidental chemical spills shall be handled by emergency spill procedure such as stopping the flow; removing ignition source; initiating emergency response; cleanup and safe disposal will be followed.

Provision for silt traps has been made at regular intervals, especially at major cross drainage structures to trap the silt before it reaches the water bodies along the subproject road (Appendix – 3 and 16).

6.3 Management of Construction Debris/Waste

156. Construction debris/waste is generated due to demolition of existing structures, scarification of existing pavement and excavation at some section of the subproject road. Improper disposal of scarified bitumen causes decrease in soil fertility and water pollution. Careless disposal of debris can obstruct waterways causing siltation of reservoirs and reduce capacity. Unleaded demolition wastes will cause traffic blockage and dust causing inconvenience and health risks.

Mitigation measures

During the site clearance and disposal of debris, the contractor shall take full care to ensure that public or private properties are not affected; there are no dwellings below the dumpsite and the traffic is not interrupted.

The Contractor shall at all times ensure that the entire existing canal and drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any debris.

Construction waste debris shall be utilised for backfilling embankments, filling pits, construction of cross roads, approach roads and landscaping before being disposed into disposal pits.

Debris disposal sites shall be sited away from sensitive locations like settlements, water body, forest areas and any other sensitive locations (Appendix – 1 and 13).

The debris dumpsites have to be suitably rehabilitated by planting local species of shrubs and other plants so that the landscape is coherent with the local environment.

Care should always be taken to maintain the hydrological flow in the area and dumping sites do not contaminate the water sources such as rivers and ponds.

157. The locations of Disposal sites have to be selected such that (Appendix – 1):

At least 1000 m away from residential area and located leeward side of wind.

56

Disposal sites are located at least 1000 m away from sensitive locations like Settlements, forest areas (Appendix – 13) and other sensitive locations.

Disposal sites do not contaminate any water sources, rivers etc for this site should be located away from water body.

Public perception about the location of debris disposal site has to be obtained before finalizing the location. Permission from the Village/local community is to be obtained for the Disposal site selected.

6.4 Socioeconomic Impact

6.4.1 Positive Impacts

158. Road projects aim to improve urban and rural area connectivity, which in turn will improve economic and social welfare of rural communities. Improved pavements will invite transport operators connecting remote areas improving access to markets, jobs, and education and health services. Crop pattern may change so that the perishable cash crops have an easy access to the markets and get better prices for their agricultural products.

159. Tourism will improve contributing to the local economic activities through sign/information boards with regarding ecological, tourism and pilgrimage areas (Appendix – 4). Good roads will reduce travel time, fuel consumption and pollutants emitted by the operating vehicles.

160. Roads promote social and gender equity through non-traditional channel. Access to transportation on safe roads has direct impact on economic standing and quality of life in affected community. Road improvement projects increases buying and selling opportunities, availability of emergency health care, and promotes stronger familial links. These benefits accrue differently to women than men. With increase buying and selling opportunities, women become more independent and lessen the risk associated with their vulnerabilities. Economic empowerment often means life or death for most vulnerable group in society. With access to better roads maternal mortality in affected communities due to access to health care, and the cost of transport is reduced, which is one of the key barriers to those in need of medical assistance. Usually taken for granted are impacts of roads allowing women to travel and visit extended family members which has proven to be critical in reducing risk of isolation and deterrent against domestic violence.

6.4.2 Negative Impacts

161. Improvement of existing road requires acquisition of agricultural land and also impact on the agricultural productivity at the fringe of RoW.

162. A variety of utilities serving the regional needs like electric poles, electric transformers, telephone poles, telephone junction boxes which are within impact zone shall be impacted. The categories of such impacted utilities are given in Table – 6-9.

57

Table 6-9: List of utilities being affected by the proposed roads (in Nos.)

Link ID

Link description Electric poles

Electric Transformer

Telephone pole

Telephone Junction Box

57A Gubbi – Beeragonahalli 587 43 67 1


377 7 13 3

57C Kowdley - Mandya 700 37 56 4

163. There are many religious structures such as temples, mosque, church, shrines, and arali kattes along the project corridor. Some of these impacted structures will have to be relocated or compensated. The impacted religious structures due to project road are shown in following Table 6.10.

Table 6-10: The Religious and cultural structures under impact in the project area (in Nos.)

Link ID

Link description

Temple Mosque ChurchSamadi/

GraveyardCommunity

Hall/Ashrama Arali katte

Shrine

57A Gubbi – Beeragonahalli

14 - - - - 3 -


5 - - - - 1 -

57C Kowdley - Mandya

10 - - 1 - 5 5

164. Some of the community structures such as Schools, hospitals and bus shelters will be disturbed is shown in following Table 6.11.

Table 6-11: The Community structure under impact in the project area (in Nos.)

Link ID

Link description Primar

y School

Hospital

Bus Shelter/Stan

d Library

Arch

Compound wall

Fence


1 - 6 - 1 5 -


1 - 3 - 1 2 -

57C Kowdley - Mandya

4 2 7 - - 2 -

Mitigation measures

Concerned owners of the utilities will be informed in advance to shift the utilities in co ordination with the project proponents before construction starts to avoid disruption of regional services.

Alignment shift to minimise the impact on the religious and community structures. Where it is unavoidable and the community is willing to relocate the religious property, relocation will be undertaken after adequate consultations.

Discussions with the community and various stakeholders shall be conducted for relocation or shifting of cultural properties. The details of the cultural properties being relocated are given in the RAP.

58

6.5 Impacts due to Construction Camp and Immigration of Workers

Construction phase

165. The proposed subproject road will require migrant workers to be accommodated in temporary camps. Impacts from these camps include storing, treating and disposing the sewage waste and solid wastes; increase of breeding sites of mosquitoes in turn increases the risk of vector borne diseases such as malaria; act as potential centers for spreading diseases such as HIV by having contact with local population; and increase pressure on local resources for like fuel wood for cooking and heating purposes.

Mitigation measures

A storage area shall be selected in such a way that it leads to minimal impacts on human habitations, forest cover, wildlife etc. The operation of these equipment is to take place mostly in the underground components, which is not likely to be near habitations.

Use of septic tanks in all construction worker camps and implement surface runoff and spill management to avoid surface and ground water contamination.

Contractor shall plan for water supply for drinking and other domestic purposes without hampering existing water usage by the villagers for drinking, irrigation or other purposes. Sufficient and appropriate sanitary facilities should be provided in the labour camps in order to maintain hygienic conditions in the labour camps. The contractor shall be obligated to follow the stringent procedures so as not to pollute surface and groundwater with respect to disposing of liquid and solid wastes generated from labour camps (Appendix – 21).

The sufficient quantity and timely supply of liquid petroleum gas shall be done to the labourers for cooking and cutting of trees and vegetation shall be discouraged.

6.6 Impact on Safety and Health of Construction Workers and Accident Risk to Local Communities

6.6.1 Impacts on Occupational Health and Safety

Construction Stage

166. Accidents may occur due to lack of knowledge on handling of new equipments, workers functioning without proper personal protective equipment and without possessing first aid facilities at work sites. Fire hazard due to absence of fire protective equipment at site of storage of oils, bitumen, diesel and any other form of chemicals storage may impose safety concerns.

167. During road paving, workers are subject to physical, chemical and noise hazards due to work activities as vegetation clearing, placing of the asphalt coat, curing, placing of asphalt mix and compaction. Workers are exposed to physical hazards from operating machineries and moving vehicles. Some may be exposed to elevated working condition particularly in clearing vegetation. Almost all workers will be exposed to weather elements, noise and working in limited area to minimize traffic obstruction.

59

Mitigation measures

All the workers at construction and batching plants shall be compulsorily equipped with personal protective equipments like Gum boots, Helmet, Ear plugs, air mask and goggles (Appendix – 9).

Provision of first aid facilities for all the construction workers at construction camps and all workplaces first aid equipment and nursing staff must be provided (Appendix – 16).

Periodical health check-up of the workers are to be arranged by the contactors to ensure good health. For those workers working in hot mix plants and with bitumen pavers, health checkups for monitoring benzene content in their blood, especially before and after the construction is ensured.

Contractor shall implement road safety plan and attend to issues of health and safety of construction workers; maintaining and cleaning up campsites and safeguard the environment in the vicinity of project area (Appendix – 16).

No construction camp shall be located within 1000m of major habitations to avoid disease outbreak and communicable diseases. Required health facility shall be arranged for the construction labourers to take care of accidents and other treatments (Appendix – 21).

Adequate sanitary, drainage, toilets with septic tanks, refuse collection and disposal facilities shall be provided for the construction workers. The provision of a potable water supply, cooking fuel and toilet facilities shall be made as per the stipulated guidelines of the Indian labour Act.

All the workers have to be supplied with potable drinking water at all times without affecting the water availability and supply to nearby communities.

The sewage generated from the construction workers camps shall be properly designed, treated and disposed off so that no water pollution takes place. Treated water shall be stored properly for subsequent use for gardening and non domestic purposes (Appendix – 21). Solid waste generated from the construction workers camps shall be stored properly and treated either by composting or by land filling.

Development and implementation of transportation management plan to ensure work zone safety and workers safety training are the principal measures to address occupational safety risk. The transportation management plan will be prepared by the contractor at least 45 days from the commencement of the construction and submitted to Environmental Engineer, PIU for review and approval. The plan will clearly establish work zones to separate workers on foot from traffic and equipment, by rerouting traffic to alternative roads or shoulders and closure of lanes and diversion.

Contractor shall ensure that all workers have undergone training in safety practices and use of personal protective equipment at least 30 days before the commencement of work.

Workers engaged in overhead works will ensure that work place is barricaded for unauthorized access. proper training on hoisting/lifting equipment, proper maintenance of lifting equipment, strict implementation of equipment lifting procedures, and proper use of ladders.

60

Workers shall be protected from exposure to chemical hazards during construction associated with dust from paving activities, exhaust from heavy equipment emissions and use of paint and diesel. Workers will be supplied with protective clothing when working with mixture of asphalt and solvents. Handling and storage of bitumen should be guided by the bitumen materials safety data sheet (Appendix – 22).

Contractor will practice work rotation system among the workers to reduce health impacts related to prolonged exposure to noise.

Operation stage

168. Most of the project road stretch passes through agricultural areas, frequented by transportation of agricultural equipments, harvested crops and domestic animals for grazing purposes. The common traffic – animal conflict is accidents by rash driving or breakdown of vehicles leading to death of cattle and domestic animals.

169. Accidental chemical spill or indiscriminate disposal of bituminous materials in the project area may impact the terrestrial ecology and enter surrounding water bodies proving detrimental to local fauna.

Mitigation measures

Commuters and road using community will be educated on the road safety issues to reduce the accidents involving traffic – animal.

Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan shall be prepared by the contractor and submitted to Environmental Engineer, PIU. The plan should also have details of detours in case of emergency.

6.6.2 Impacts on Community Health and Safety

Construction Phase

170. Traffic will be affected causing inconvenience, longer travel time and higher cost. The traffic diversions on unpaved roads will also increase the dust generation in the surrounding areas. The accidents are also increase due to traffic disruption.

171. Communities traversed along the subproject road will be subject to a range of health and safety risk during road paving. These impacts include dust, noise and vibration from construction vehicle transit, communicable diseases from influx of temporary migrant workers. The more significant health and safety issues from road project are pedestrian safety, traffic safety, and emergency preparedness.

Mitigation measures

Contractor shall at all times carry out construction work on the road in manner creating least interference to the free flow of traffic. Contractor shall provide and maintain, during execution of the work, a passage for traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement or along a temporary diversion constructed close to the subproject road (Appendix – 14).

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking,

61

flags, lights and flagmen for the formation and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the road under construction.

Before taking up any construction, an agreed Traffic Management Plan for the diversion of traffic on the subproject road shall be drawn up in consultation with Environmental Engineer of CSC.

Upon completion of the works for which the temporary traffic arrangements or diversions have been made, the Contractor shall remove all temporary installations and signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engineer.

Provision for temporary traffic diversions shall be made on the paved and well compacted surfaces to avoid the interruptions to the flow of traffic and minimise the dust generation.

The contractor will ensure availability of safe corridors and crossings of pedestrian and bicyclists where paving activities are located in inhabited areas. Consultations will be made by the contractor with affected communities on location preferences of safe crossings. The contractor will also install barriers, traffic calming devices, signs, signals and markings to avoid pedestrian from crossing hazardous sections.

Emergency preparedness shall be discussed with the traversed communities and coordinate efforts with the PIU, KSHIP through the contractor, local police, and community in addressing emergency situations like vehicular accidents, pedestrian accident, or release of oil and chemical spills.

Operation Phase

172. The more significant health and safety issues from road project are pedestrian safety, traffic safety, and emergency preparedness.

Mitigation Measures

The KSHIP, in coordination with communities shall be responsible for the maintenance of signs, signals, markings, speed limits, warnings of sharp turns, including signs to alert drivers of road sections that are known for animal crossing. KSHIP shall create the awareness among the communities on emergency preparedness in addressing emergency situations like vehicular accidents, pedestrian accident, or release of oil and chemical spills.

62

7 STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS

173. Consultation and participation with various stakeholders is an integral part of the environmental and social impact assessment and also part of regulatory requirement of EIA Notification, 2006 and ADB SPS 2009. The stake holders of the project include;

Project affected communities (on either side of the project road),

Institutional stake holders such as PCB, local bodies, Water Resource Department, Environmental Department, Mines and Geology Department, Forest Department, etc.

174. Consultations at micro-level (along the road) and macro-level (e.g. District/State level institutional consultations) help planners integrate the short term and long term requirements of the local, regional, state and national goals in to the planning process. The regional, state and national goals are generally set by the legislations and policies by controlling or limiting the activities in order to reduce and nullify the adverse impact generated by infrastructure projects like roads and highways.

7.1 Type of Consultations conducted

175. Various types of consultations done during the investigations include;

One to one meetings with affected communities

Focus group meetings with a group or section of communities

176. One on one meetings were held with key members of local communities. These consultations focused specific issues in a given section (link) of the subproject corridor. Wherever possible, such type of consultations were generally held with informed people (those members of the local communities who in their past had a thorough experience and had geographic, political and general knowledge of the area and requirements of the communities).

177. Focus group consultations were conducted with a sample section of the community with a good representation from the affected communities. Such meetings provided substantial information about the community concerns.

7.2 Consultation during Environmental Screening

178. During field reconnaissance for environmental screening, care was taken to meet people in the roadside teashops or near markets to solicit pinion on the need to improve the road and their willingness to preserve roadside avenue plantations. Responses include support of regular repairing of road but concern with the road width expansion; land acquisition and compensation for the land losers.

179. Owners of commercial establishments such as complexes and petty shops main concerns are disruption and displacement due to increase in proposed RoW; alternatives for their livelihood and space to shift their establishments.

180. On the social responsibility for preserving the roadside plantations, some of the villagers expressed their support for avenue plantation and they preferred fodder trees to other trees as it would help to feed their cattle on a sustainable manner. They also felt more compelling need to ensure supply of firewood plantations in spaces other than RoW. During

63

consultation there were also general opinions/suggestions on the project implementation as follows.

Most of the people were not happy with the existing road infrastructure and they need improvement of the roads.

People wanted the road of minimum width so that much of their land property is not affected.

Road works should be completed at the earliest and people should not be inconvenienced.

After construction, proper maintenance of the road should be carried out.

Noise pollution control measures during construction shall be devised at village settlements, particularly at schools.

7.3 Major findings of consultations

181. The consultations for the links were held at Hindisgere in 57 A, Jinnagara in 57 B and Chandagal in 57 C on 18th July 2010. There were 33 participants for link 57A meeting; 52 participants for link 57B meeting and 44 participants for link 57C meeting. Key findings of the consultations are given below.

Table 7-1: Major findings of consultations - 57A Name Sex Profession Issues discussed Response Chikkegowda M Farmer He wanted to know how

compensation will be paid for coconut and areca nut trees. He said he has four guntas of land. He wants more compensation.

All tress affected will be compensated according to Horticulture department valuation process. For any land acquired compensation will be based on negotiation according to the KHA Act.

Nagesh M Farmer He said the project is providing for 30 ft by 40ft site for those losing residential structures. He wanted to know what arrangement the project is making to provide such sites.

The project will provide alternative site on available government land. If such land is not available, then the project will purchase and make it available for the beneficiaries.

Marimalliah M Farmer He said he owns 10 guntas of land. He is losing a part of his land and his house. He wants more compensation for his loss.

It was explained for any land acquired compensation will be based on negotiation according to the KHA Act. For loss residential structure alternative site/structure on other government land will be provided by the project.

H.C. Chandrashekariah

M Farmer He wanted to know how shops on government land will be compensated.

It was told that all squatter shops will be provided with alternative shop by the project.

Narayana M Farmer He wanted to know how shops on government land will be compensated. He also said some of the petty shop owners had taken loan – so if the project takes away the shop how will these people

It was told that all squatter shops will be provided with alternative shop by the project.

64

Name Sex Profession Issues discussed Response repay their loans.

Rajanna M Farmer He wanted compensation to be paid before the start of construction.

It was explained that it is the project principle to ensure that all compensation is paid before the start of construction.

Balraj M Farmer He wanted to know how affected bore wells will be replaced.

It was explained that the PA will replace the bore well by digging a bore well in place identified by the person losing the bore well. In case there is no water found then the project will compensate by giving the replace cost of the bore well.

Shadak Sharaiah

M Bill Collector He wanted to know whether the water pipelines and electric poles will be replaced.

It was told that all utility lines will be shifted by the project and replaced by the PA.

Table 7-2: Major findings of consultations – 57B Name Sex Profession Issues discussed Response Naganna M Farmer He wanted to know when

compensation will be paid – before or after starting the work. He wanted to know if 60 % of the house is affected, whether the project will take the remaining 40% .

It was explained that the project will ensure that all compensation is paid before the start of construction. It was explained that if the structure is not usable the project will compensate for the whole structure, even if they do not acquire the total structure. It depends on the person whether he wants to retain the remaining part or give it to the project.

Ramegowda M Farmer He is losing his areca nut trees. He wanted to know how compensation will be paid. He said in the village more than 20 houses will get affected. He wanted constructed houses for all the 20 houses in the one place.

All trees affected will be compensated according to Horticulture department valuation process. For any land acquired compensation will be based on negotiation according to the KHA Act. It was explained that project will ensure minimum impact to the houses, in case there are more than 20 houses getting affected then a resettlement colony will be build.

G.P Puttegowda

M Farmer He said the government rate for land is less, he wanted market value for his land.

For any land acquired compensation will be based on negotiation according to the KHA Act.

C. Kumar M Farmer He wanted to know how much of his house is getting damaged and whether the walls will be damaged. He

It was explained if the whole house is damaged the project will pay for total structure and provide for alternative house.

65

wanted compensation for the whole structure. He also wanted to know when compensation will be given.

It was explained that the project will ensure that all compensation is paid before the start of construction.

J.T Puttegowda

M Farmer He said since a number of houses are likely to get affected, the project should find another alignment, bypassing the village. He also wanted to know the acquisition and impact details

It was explained that project will ensure minimum impact to the houses. For any realignment the technical feasibility has to be looked into. It was told all project details can be accessed from the KHSIP office or from the implementing NGO.

Chandra M Farmer He wanted to know whether the road will be taken up by the government or a private agency.

It was explained that this was GoK - PWD work.

Ramesh M Farmer He wants the project to maintain the existing road. He said curve straightening will impact a number of houses.

It was explained that the aim of the project was to minimize impacts. However designs are based on technical feasibility.

Table 7-3: Major findings of consultations - 57C Name Sex Profession Issues discussed Response Thimmaiah M Farmer He wanted to know the road

width details. He also said compensation should be based on market rates.

It was explained that the road width varies from 12m in the urban areas up to 30 m in the rural areas. For any land acquired compensation will be based on negotiation according to the KHA Act.

Thammegowda

M Farmer He said in one house there are 2-3 brothers residing- if the house is affected how the project will assist all of them.

The project will compensate the person in whose name the property is in. If the property is in the name of more than one person the compensation will be equally divided.

Suresh M Farmer He wanted to know whether the petty business can continue their shops after the construction of the road. He also wanted to know for new shops what compensation will be given.

It was explained that no activity will be permitted inside the cleared COI. The squatters will be provided with alternative shops where they have to continue their activity. For all squatters, alternative shops will be provided regardless of whether it is a new of old structure.

Thammiah Anniaha

M Farmer He said if more than 25% of the house is going he wants compensation for the whole structure.

It was explained if the whole house is damaged the project will pay for the total structure and provide for alternative house.

66

Venakat Rammana Shetty

M Farmer He wants market value for affected land.

It was explained for any land acquired compensation will be based on negotiation according to the KHA Act.

Thammiah M Farmer He wanted to know how the project will compensate for community structures getting affected.

It was explained that community asset will be replaced by the Project on alternative land identified by the community.

7.4 Follow-up consultations

182. Subsequent to project preparation, a follow up formal consultation should be organized by the project proponents during the actual implementation of the project to involve the community and develop and promote the sense of local road ownership for its operation and maintenance.

67

8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1 Environmental Management Plan

183. The environmental management plan (EMP) contains specific mitigation and monitoring actions that will be carried out by the contractor and proponent. EMP deals with the management measures and implementation procedure of the guidelines along with enhancement measures recommended to avoid, minimize and mitigate foreseen environmental impacts of the project. Details of various management measures to be implemented during pre-construction, construction and operational phases are presented in the EMAP Table-8.1 and Table -8.2.

68

Table 8-1: Environmental Management Plan (Part-A) Responsibility

Sl. No. Environmental

Issue Mitigation Measures

Approximate location

Reference law/guidelines Planning and

Execution Supervision/Monitoring

PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE Pre-construction activities by PIU, KSHIP

P 1 Land Acquisition

The acquisition of land and private properties shall be carried out in accordance with the RAP and entitlement framework of the Project. KSHIP has to ascertain that acquisition of land in the post design phase are addressed and integrated into the EMP and relevant contract documents.

Wherever existing RoW is less than proposed RoW

LA Act 1984 and its Amendments,

KSHIP, Revenue Dept, Collaborating Agencies

KSHIP

P 2

Clearance of Encroachment/Squatters (change in land use)

Advance notice, as per RAP shall be given to the encroachers and squatters present in the Corridor of Impact, who need to be relocated. All RandR activities shall be undertaken. Entitlements as per KSHIP entitlement framework shall be completed before construction starts.

Where compulsory resettlement of people is involved

RAP documents

PIU, KSHIP and Revenue Authority

KSHIP

P 3 Tree Cutting

Trees shall be removed from the Corridor of Impact before the actual commencement of the work with the permission from the state Forest Department. Cutting shall not start until the implementation of the project in that particular location of cutting is confirmed. Stacking, transport and storage of the wood shall be done as per the relevant norms.

Trees along the subproject road falling within proposed RoW

MoRTH 201.1 and 201.6

Contractor/Agency engaged by KSHIP

CSC and / KSHIP

P 4 Preservation of Trees

All efforts shall be made to preserve trees including evaluation of minor design adjustments/alternatives (as applicable) to save trees. Specific attention shall be given for protecting giant trees, green tunnels and locally important trees (religiously important etc.). Detail of the trees affected due to the proposed project road in given in (Appendix – 10) Tree cutting is to proceed only after all the legal requirements including attaining of In-principle and Formal Clearances form the Forest Dept./MoEF are completed and subsequently a written order is issued to the Contractor. Particular species declared as “protected” by the State Forest Dept. in the private land shall be felled only after due clearance from the Forest Dept. is obtained. In the event of design changes, additional assessments

At green tunnels and trees present at the toe line of the carriage way and trees of valuable species having ecological value.

MoRTH 201.2 and 301.5

Contractor/Agency engaged by KSHIP

CSC and / KSHIP

69

Responsibility Sl. No.

Environmental Issue

Mitigation Measures Approximate

location Reference

law/guidelines Planning and Execution

Supervision/Monitoring

including the possibility to save trees shall be made. Systematic corridor level documentation for the trees cut and those saved shall be maintained by the KSHIP

P 5

Relocation of Community Utilities and Common Property Resources

All community utilities and properties i.e., hand pumps, open wells, water supply lines, sewer lines, telephone cables, buildings and health centers shall not be relocated before construction of subproject road starts.

Throughout the corridor

RAP document KSHIP, other Agencies / Contractor

KSHIP

P 6

Relocation of affected Cultural and Religious Properties

All religious property resources such as shrines, temples and mosques within the project road shall be relocated. A list of cultural properties affected is given in the Chapter-2 Summary of Impacts. If there is any relocation of the religious structures may happen then it shall be identified in accordance with the choice of the community. KSHIP in consultation with local people shall finalize those. The entire process (i.e. selection of relocation sites and design) shall be under supervision of Environmental Specialist of CSC, during the construction stage by the Contractor. The relocation shall be completed before the construction starts in these sites.

Throughout the stretch especially nearby settlements

MoRTH 110.7 KSHIP/ Contractor

CSC/ KSHIP

Pre-construction activities by the Contractor/Environmental Specialist of CSC P 7 Field Verification and Modification of the Contract Documents

P.7.1 Joint Field Verification

The Environmental Specialist of CSC and the Contractor shall carry out joint field verification to ascertain any possibilities of saving trees, environmental and community resources, and these activities are to be taken up by the construction contractor.

Throughout the stretch of subproject MoRTH 201.2

Contractor/ Environmental Specialist of CSC

KSHIP

P.7.2

Assessment of Impacts due to Changes/Revisions/additions in the Project Work

The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall assess impacts and revise/modify the EMP and other required sections of the project document/s in the event of changes/revisions (including addition or deletion) in the project’s scope of work.

Where ever changes are applicable


KSHIP

P.7.3 Crushers, Hot-mix plants and

All construction plants shall be sited sufficiently away from settlements and agricultural operations or any commercial

At all Crushers, Hot-

MoRTH 111.1, Air (prevention

Contractor/ Environmental

KSHIP

70


Environmental Issue


location Reference



Batching Plants Location

establishments. Such plants shall be located at least 100m away from the nearest dwelling preferably in the downwind direction. The Contractor shall submit a detailed layout plan for all such sites and approval of Environmental Specialist of CSC shall be necessary prior to the establishment. Arrangements to control dust pollution through provision of windscreens, water sprinklers, and dust extraction systems shall have to be provided at all such sites. Specifications for crushers, hot mix plants and batching plants shall comply with the requirements of the relevant emission control legislations. Consent for the Establishment and Operation from KSPCB shall be obtained before establishment and operation respectively and a copy should be submitted to the CSC and KSHIP. Wherever there is extremely water scarcity areas exist the Water sprinkling shall be limited to one time in the morning. To balance this deficient information boards shall be erected at appropriate locations with a message to “Dust prone area take precautions.

mix plants and Batching Plants opened up for the construction of subproject road

of control of pollution) Act, 1981and Noise Rules

Specialist of CSC

P.7.4

Other Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machinery

All vehicles, equipment and machinery to be procured for construction shall confirm to the relevant Bureau of India Standard (BIS) norms. The discharge standards promulgated under the Environment Protection Act, 1986 and Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 shall be strictly adhered to. The silent/quiet equipment available in the market shall be used in the Project. The Contractor shall maintain a record of PUC for all vehicles and machinery used during the contract period which shall be produced to EO, KSHIP’s verification whenever required.

Applicable to all vehicles used in the construction

Air pollution Control Act, and Noise Rules and Motor Vehicle Act, 1988


KSHIP

P 8 Identification and Selection of Material Sources

.8.1 Borrow Areas

Finalising soil borrowing earth and all logistic arrangements as well as compliance to environmental requirements, as applicable, shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall not start borrowing earth from selected

Borrow sites IRC Guidelines on borrow areas and quarries; EPA


KSHIP

71


Environmental Issue


location Reference



borrow area until the formal agreement is signed between landowner and Contractor and a copy is submitted to the CSC. Locations finalized by the Contractor shall be reported to the Environmental Specialist of CSC and he shall submit the report to KSHIP. Planning of haul roads for accessing borrows areas shall be undertaken during this stage. The haul roads shall be routed to avoid agricultural areas as far as possible and shall use the existing village roads wherever available. The environmental personnel of the CSC shall be required to inspect every borrow area location prior to approval. The CSC should include the Request for Inspection form for borrow area approval from the environmental point of view.

1986 and MoRTH 111.2 and 305.2.2

P.8.2 Quarry

Contractor shall finalize the quarry for procurement of construction materials after assessment of the availability of sufficient quantity of materials, quality and other logistic arrangements. In case the Contractor decides to use quarries other than recommended by DPR consultant, then the Contractor should give substantiation. Contractor shall also work out haul road network and report to Environmental Specialist of CSC and CSC shall inspect and in turn report to KSHIP before approval.

Quarry sites

MoRTH 111.3

Contractor Environmental Specialist of CSC

P.8.3 Arrangement for Construction Water

In view of the special situation in Karnataka, Contractor shall prepare and implement the approved Water Management Plan in accordance with the Appendix-16, Appendix-24 and BoQ Environment mitigation works The contractor shall use ground/surface water as a source of water for the construction and may set up own bore well facility for construction work. Contractor may take surface water from the Irrigation Canal with the written consent from the Irrigation Department. To avoid disruption/disturbance to other water users, the Contractor shall extract water from fixed locations and consult

Throughout the subproject

As per the contract document and Clause No. 1010 EPA, 1986


72


Environmental Issue


location Reference



Environmental Specialist of CSC before finalizing the locations. The Contractor shall provide a list of locations and type of sources from where water for construction shall be extracted. The Contractor shall need to comply with the requirements of the State Ground Water Department for the extraction and seek their approval for doing so and submit copies of the permission to CSC and KSHIP.

P 9 Sand

The Sand shall be procured from identified sand mines as far as possible. If the Contractor wants to obtain from source other than listed in EMP, substitution shall be provided with the details of the aggregates source and lead distance. The Contractor shall obtain copy of the Lease Agreement of the supplier and submit to CSC before procuring the sand.

Sand quarries being used for the construction

As per the contract document4

All riverbeds recommended for sand extraction for the project.

P 10 Labour Requirements

The Contractor shall preferably use unskilled labour drawn from local communities to give maximum benefits to the local community.

Throughout the subproject road

As per the Contract Document


P 11

Construction Camp Locations – Selection, Design and Layout

Siting of the construction camps shall be as per the guidelines below and details of layout to be approved by CSC Resident Engineer and environment specialist. Construction camps shall not be proposed within 500m from the nearest settlements to avoid conflicts and stress over the infrastructure facilities with the local community. Location for stockyards for construction materials shall be identified at least 300m away from watercourses. The Sewage Treatment Plant and solid waste treatment for the camp shall be designed, built and operated. Contractor’s camps shall be identified at least 2km away from the Forest Reserves.

Construction camps

As per IRC guidelines and contract documents.


P 12

Arrangements for Temporary Land Requirement

The Contractor as per prevalent rules shall carry out negotiations with the landowners for obtaining their consent for temporary use of lands for construction camp/construction/borrow areas etc. Temporary land arrangements shall not be from the forest reserves except under special permission circumstances where it is un avoidable due to the vast forest reserves in the PIA.

Construction camps and borrow areas

MoRTH 108.3 Contractor Environmental Specialist of CSC

73


Environmental Issue


location Reference



P 13

Orientation of Implementing Agency and Contractors

The KSHIP shall organize Orientation Sessions and regular training sessions at all stages of the project. This shall include on-site training (general as well as in the specific context of a subproject). These sessions shall involve all staff of KSHIP involved in the implementation of EMP, Environmental Specialists of CSC and Contractors.

Throughout the implementation period.

EMP and other training plan developed by KSHIP

Contractor/ CSC and KSHIP

KSHIP

CONSTRUCTION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the Contractor C 1 Site Clearance

C.1.1 Clearing and Grubbing

If required vegetation shall be removed from the construction zone before commencement of construction. All works shall be carried out such that the damage or disruption of flora other than those identified for cutting is minimum. Only ground cover/shrubs that impinge directly on the permanent works or necessary temporary works shall be removed with prior approval from the Environmental Expert of CSC. The Contractor, under any circumstances shall not cut or damage trees and forest reserves. Trees identified under the project shall be cut only after receiving clearance from the Forest Dept./DoEF/MoEF (as applicable) and after the receipt of KSHIP’s written permission in this regard. Vegetation only with girth size of over 30 cm shall be considered as trees and shall be compensated, in the event of KSHIP’s instruction to undertake tree cutting.

Throughout the corridor

MoRTH 201 Contractor Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP

C.1.2

Disposal of Debris from dismantling structures and road surface

Appendix-1 provides guidelines for the preparation of the contractors Debris disposal plan. This is mainly to deal with surplus debris materials that would be available after adjusting for all insitu applications. Other debris generated due to dismantling of the existing road shall be suitably reused in the proposed construction zone, subjected to the structure suitability of the materials and approval of the Resident Engineer and Environmental Expert of CSC as follows: For filling and leveling of School grounds and proposed parking

All debris disposal sites

MoRTH 202

Contractor

Environmental Specialist and Resident Engineer of CSC, EC, KSHIP

74


Environmental Issue


location Reference



areas. The sub grade of the existing pavement shall be used as embankment fill material. Existing base and sub-base material shall be recycled as sub-base of the haul road or access roads. The existing bitumen surface may be utilized for the paving of cross roads, access roads and paving works in construction sites and campus, temporary traffic diversions, haulage routes etc. The Contractor shall suitably dispose off unutilized debris materials either through filling up of borrows areas located in wasteland or at pre-designated disposal locations, subject to the approval of the Environmental Expert of CSC. At locations identified for disposal of bituminous wastes, the disposal shall be carried out over a 30 mm thick layer of rammed clay so as to eliminate the possibility of scarified percolation of leachate into the ground water. The Contractor shall ensure that the surface area of such disposal pits is covered with a layer of soil and subsequent turfing. All arrangements for transportation during construction including provision, maintenance, dismantling and clearing debris, shall be considered incidental to the work and shall be planned and implemented by the Contractor as approved and directed by the Environmental Expert of CSC. The pre-designed disposal locations shall be a part of Waste Disposal Plan in consultation and with approval of Environmental Expert of CSC. Debris generated from pile driving or other construction activities shall be disposed such that it does not flow into the surface water bodies or for mud puddles in the area. The Contractor shall identify dumping sites as per the Debris Disposal Plan prepared using the Guidelines provided in the Appendix 1; The identified locations shall be reported to the Environmental Expert of CSC. These locations shall be checked on site and accordingly approved by Environmental Expert of CSC prior to any disposal of waste materials.

75


Environmental Issue


location Reference



C.1.3 Other

Construction Wastes Disposal

The pre-identified disposal location shall be part of Comprehensive Waste Disposal Plan Solid Waste Management Plan to be prepared by the Contractor in consultation and with approval of Environmental Specialist of CSC. Location of disposal sites shall be finalized prior to initiation of the works on any particular section of the road. The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall approve these disposal sites after conducting a joint inspection on the site with the Contractor. Contractor shall ensure that any spoils or material unsuitable for embankment fill shall not be disposed off near any water course or agricultural land, Orchards and Natural Habitats like Grasslands. Such spoils from excavation can be used to reclaim borrow pits and low-lying areas located in barren lands along the project road (if it so desired by the owner/community and approved by the Environmental Specialist, CSC). Non-bituminous wastes shall be dumped in borrow pits covered with a layer of 30cm soil to ensure that borrow pit is restored to original use. No new disposal site shall be created as part of the project, except with prior approval of the Environmental Specialist of CSC. All waste materials shall be completely disposed and the site shall be completely cleaned and certified by Environmental Specialist of CSC before handing over. The Contractor at his cost shall resolve any claim, arising out of waste disposal or any non-compliance that may arise on account of lack of action on his part.

All waste disposal sites

MoRTH: 202.5 MoRTH: 301.11

Contractor Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP

C.1.4

Stripping, stocking and preservation of top soil

The topsoil from all areas of cutting and all areas to be permanently covered shall be stripped off to a specified depth of 150 mm and stored in stockpiles. A portion of the temporarily acquired area and/or Right of Way shall be earmarked for storing topsoil. The locations for stock piling shall be pre-identified in consultation and with approval of Environmental Specialist of CSC. The following precautionary measures shall be taken to preserve them till they are used: (a) Stockpile shall be designed such that the slope does not

At all construction material storage areas

MoRTH: 301.3.2 MoRTH: 301.7 MoRTH: 305.3.3 and MoRTH: 305.3.9


76


Environmental Issue


location Reference



exceed 1:2 (Vertical to horizontal), and height of the pile is restricted to 2 m. To retain soil and to allow percolation of water, silt fencing shall protect the edges of the pile.

(b) Stockpiles shall not be surcharged or otherwise loaded and multiple handling shall be kept to a minimum to ensure that no compaction shall occur. The stockpiles shall be covered with gunny bags or vegetation.

(c) It shall be ensured by the Contractor that the topsoil shall not be unnecessarily trafficked either before stripping or when in stockpiles.

Such stockpiled topsoil shall be utilized for – Covering all disturbed areas including borrow areas, only

in case where they are to be rehabilitated. Dressing of slopes of road embankment/agricultural

fields of farmers acquired temporarily land.

C.1.5 Accessibility

The Contractor shall provide safe and convenient passage for vehicles, pedestrians and livestock to and from roadsides and property access connecting the project road, providing temporary connecting road. The Contractor shall also ensure that the existing accesses shall not be undertaken without providing adequate provisions. The Contractor shall take care that the cross roads are constructed in such a sequence that construction work on the adjacent cross roads are taken up one after one so that traffic movement in any given area not get affected much.

Throughout the project corridor


C.1.6 Planning for traffic diversions and detours

Temporary diversions shall be constructed with the approval of the Resident Engineer and Environmental Specialist of CSC. Detailed Traffic Control Plans shall be prepared by the Contractor and approved by Environmental Specialist and Resident Engineer of CSC seven days prior to commencement of works on any section of road. The Traffic Control Plans shall contain details of temporary diversions, traffic safety arrangements for construction under traffic, details of traffic arrangement after cessation of work each day, safety measures for night time traffic and precaution for transportation of

Through out the project corridor especially at intersections and settlements and schools

MoRTH: 112 and its Amendments

Contractor

Environmental Specialist and Resident Engineer of CSC, EO, KSHIP

77


Environmental Issue


location Reference



hazardous materials and arrangement of flagmen. The contractor shall ensure that the diversion/detour is always maintained in running condition, particularly during the monsoon to avoid disruption to traffic flow. The Contractor shall also inform local community of changes to traffic routes, conditions and pedestrian access arrangements with assistance from CSC and KSHIP. The temporary traffic detours shall be kept free of dust by sprinkling of water three times a day and as required under specific conditions (depending on weather conditions, construction in the settlement areas and volume of traffic).

C.2 Procurement of Construction Material

C.2.1 Earth from Borrow Areas for Construction

No borrow area shall be opened without permission of the Environmental Specialist of CSC. The location, shape and size of the designated borrow areas shall be as approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC and in accordance to the IRC recommended practice for borrow pits for road embankments (IRC: 10: 1961). The borrowing operations shall be carried out as specified in the guidelines for siting and operation of borrow areas. The unpaved surfaces used for the haulage of borrow materials, if passing through the settlement areas or habitations; shall be maintained dust free by the Contractor. Sprinkling of water shall be carried out twice a day to control dust along such roads during their period of use. During dry seasons (winter and summer) frequency of water sprinkling shall be increased in the settlement areas and Environmental Specialist of CSC shall decide the sprinkling time depending on the local requirements. Contractor shall rehabilitate the borrow areas as soon as borrowing of soil is over from a particular borrow area in accordance with the approved Borrow Area Redevelopment Plan.

All borrow areas

MoRTH: 305.2 Contractor Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP

C.2.2 Quarry Operations

The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only after consent of the Department of Mines and Geology and District

At quarries and Crushing

MoRTH: 111.3

Contractor Environmental Specialist of

78


Environmental Issue


location Reference



Crushers Administration. In view of special situation of excavation of the hill ward side, Contractor shall get an opportunity to use the same material for road construction. This shall require establishment of a number of crushers along the roadsides. The crushers and all related activities shall be under taken as per the Policy guidelines for installation of stone Crushers.

units. CSC, KSHIP

C.2.3 Blasting

Except as may be provided in the contract or ordered or authorized by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not use explosives. Where the use of explosives is so provided or ordered or authorized, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the following Sub-Clauses of MoRTH 302 besides the law of the land as applicable. The Contractor shall at all times take every possible precaution and shall comply with appropriate laws and regulations relating to the importation, handling, transportation, storage and use of explosives. The contractor shall at all times when engaged in blasting operations, post sufficient warning flagmen, to the full satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall at all times make full liaison with and inform well in advance and obtain such permission as is required from all Government Authorities, public bodies and private parties whomsoever concerned or affected or likely to be concerned or affected by blasting operations. Blasting shall be carried out only with permission of the Engineer. All the statutory laws, regulations, rules etc., pertaining to acquisition, transport, storage, handling and use of explosives shall be strictly followed. Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours (preferably during mid-day) or as permitted by the Engineer. The timing should be made known to all the people within 1000m (200m for pre-splitting) from the blasting site in all directions.

Quarry sites

Sub-Clauses of MoRTH 302

MoRTH:302.4 301.9 (i) 304.5

C.2.4 Transporting Construction Materials and

Contractor shall maintain all roads (existing or built for the project), which are used for transporting construction materials, equipment and machineries as précised. All vehicles delivering

All roads used for haulage of construction

As per IRC guidelines and contract


79


Environmental Issue


location Reference



Haul Road Management

fine materials to the site shall be covered to avoid spillage of materials. All existing roads used by vehicles of the Contractor or any of his subcontractor or suppliers of materials and similarly roads, which are part of the works, shall be kept clear of all dust/mud or other extraneous materials dropped by such vehicles. Contractor shall arrange for regular water sprinkling as necessary for dust suppression of all such roads and surfaces.

materials documents

C.2.5 Construction Water

Contractor need to implement the finally approved contractors Construction Water Management Plan as per the guidelines provided in Appendix 15. This is linked to the contractor’s work plan. Contractor shall arrange adequate supply and storage of water for the whole construction period at his own cost. The contractor shall submit a list of source/s from where water shall be used for the project to CSC and KSHIP. The Contractor shall source the requirement of water preferentially by conjunctive use of Surface water and groundwater but with prior permission from the Groundwater Authority. A copy of the permission shall be submitted to CSC and KSHIP prior to initiation of construction. The Contractor shall take all precaution to minimize the wastage of water in the construction process/operation.

Through out the project corridor

Environmental. Protection Act 1986 and MoRTH Spec. for Roads and Bridges


C.3 Construction Work

C.3.1

River training and disruption to other users of water

While working across or close to any perennial water bodies, Contractor shall not obstruct/prevent the flow of water. Construction over and close to the non-perennial streams shall be undertaken in the dry season. If construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies, notice shall be served well in advance to the affected community.

Near major cross drainage structures (River crossings)

MoRTH:304.3.2 Contractor Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP

C.3.2 Drainage and flood control

Contractor shall ensure that no construction materials like earth, stone, or appendage disposed off in a manner that block the flow of water of any water course and cross drainage channels. Contractor shall take all necessary measures to prevent any blockage to the water flow. In addition to the design

Construction sites of cross drainage structures

MoRTH:305.3.7 MoRTH:306


80


Environmental Issue


location Reference



requirements, the Contractor shall take all required measures as directed by the Environmental Specialist of CSC to prevent temporary or permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent area.

C.3.3

Siltation of water bodies and degradation of water quality

The Contractor shall not excavate beds of any stream/canals/any other water body for borrowing earth for embankment construction. Contractor shall construct silt fencing at the base of the embankment construction for the entire perimeter of any water body (including springs and wells) adjacent to the project road and around the stockpiles at the construction sites including ancillary sites close to water bodies. The fencing shall be provided prior to commencement of earthwork and continue till the stabilization of the embankment slopes, on the particular sub-section of the road. Contractor shall ensure that construction materials containing fine particles are stored in an enclosure such that sediment-laden water does not drain into nearby watercourse.

Construction sites of cross drainage structures

MoRTH:06


C.3.4 Slope protection and control of soil erosion

All temporary sedimentation control works and maintenance thereof shall be deemed as incidental to the earth work or other items of work and as such no separate payment shall be made for them. Contractor shall ensure the following aspects: After construction of road embankment, the side slopes

shall be covered with grass and shrubs (refer Appendix-10 and 18) as per design specifications.

Turfing works shall be taken up as soon as possible provided the season is favorable for the establishment of grass sods. Other measures of slope stabilization shall include mulching netting and seeding of batters and drains immediately on completion of earthworks.

In borrow pits, the depth shall be so regulated that the sides of the excavation shall have a slope no steeper than 1 vertical to 2 horizontal, from the edge of the final section of the bank.

At bridge approaches; high embankment sections (Low lying areas) and borrow pits MoRTH:

305.2.2.2 MoRTH: 306.2


81


Environmental Issue


location Reference



Along sections abutting water bodies, pitching as per design specification shall protect slopes.

C.4 Pollution C.4.1 Water Pollution

C.4.1.1

Water Pollution from Construction Wastes

The Contractor shall take all precautionary measures to prevent entering of wastewater into streams, water bodies or the irrigation system during construction. Contractor shall avoid construction works close to the streams or water bodies during monsoon. Contractor shall not wash his vehicles in river water and shall not enter riverbed for that purpose.

At all surface water bodies intercepting with the project corridor

MoRTH: 111.4 MoRTH: 111.1


C.4.1.2 Water Pollution from Fuel and Lubricants

The Contractor shall ensure that all construction vehicle parking locations, fuel/lubricants storage sites, vehicle, machinery and equipment maintenance and refueling sites shall be located at least 500 m away from rivers and irrigation canal/ponds. The Contractor shall submit all locations and layout plans of such sites prior to their establishment and shall be approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC. Contractor shall ensure that all vehicle/machinery and equipment operation, maintenance and refueling shall be carried out in such a manner that spillage of fuels and lubricants does not contaminate the ground. Wastewater from vehicle parking, fuel storage areas, workshops, wash down and refueling areas shall be treated in an oil interceptor before discharging it on land or into surface water bodies or into other treatment system. In all, fuel storage and refueling areas, if located on agricultural land or areas supporting vegetation, the topsoil shall be stripped, stockpiled and returned after cessation of such storage. Contractor shall arrange for collection, storing and disposal of oily wastes to the pre-identified disposal sites (list to be submitted to CSC and KSHIP) and approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC. All spills and collected petroleum wastes shall be disposed off in accordance with

At all surface water bodies intercepting with the project corridor; refueling stations and construction camps

MoRTH: 111.4 MoRTH: 111.1 (Oil Interceptors) Petroleum Act and Rules MoEF/CPCB Notifications


82


Environmental Issue


location Reference



Petroleum Rules and PCB guidelines. C.4.2 Air Pollution

C.4.2.1 Dust Pollution

The Contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the level of dust from construction plants, construction sites involving earthwork by sprinkling of water, encapsulation of dust source. Due to the acute water scarcity in certain areas, Contractor should limit water sprinkling once in the early morning hours. Contractor should erect warning boards on dust nuisance to the road users. The Contractor shall procure the construction plants and machinery, which shall conform to the pollution control norms specified by MoEF/CPCB/KSPCB. The concentration of suspended particulate matter at a distance of 40m from a construction plant located in a cluster of industries should be less than 500 µg. The environmental monitoring is to be conducted as per the monitoring plan. Alternatively, only crushers licensed by the KSPCB shall be used. The Environmental Specialist, EO and KSHIP through the Engineer shall submit required certificates and consents.

Construction sites and construction establishment such as batching plants, hot mix plants

MoRTH:111.1 MoRTH:111.5 MoRTH:111.9 MoRTH:111.10 Contract Agreement

Contractor

Environmental Specialist of CSC, EO, KSHIP through Engineer

C.4.2.2

Emission from Construction Vehicles, Equipment and Machineries

Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles, equipment and machinery used for construction are regularly maintained and confirm that pollution emission levels comply with the relevant statutory requirements of CPCB and/Motor Vehicles Rules. The Contractor shall submit PUC certificates for all vehicles/equipment/machinery used for the Project.

The Air (prevention and control of pollution) Act, 1981 and EPA, 1986

Annexure ‘A’ to MoRTH 501


C.4.3 Noise Pollution

C.4.3.1

Noise Pollution: Noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipments

The Contractor shall confirm the following: All Construction plants and equipment used in construction

shall strictly conform to the MoEF/CPCB noise standards. All Vehicles and equipment used in construction shall be

fitted with exhaust silencers. Servicing of all construction vehicles and machinery shall

be done regularly and during routine servicing operations, the effectiveness of exhaust silencers shall be checked and if found defective shall be replaced.

Trhough out the project corridor and other construction establishments

The noise pollution (regulation and control) rules, 2000


83


Environmental Issue


location Reference



The equipment available in the market should be procured, if the Contractor plans to purchase new equipment. For the old equipment, necessary or possible alterations must be carried out to reduce the noise levels to the possible extent.

Maintenance of vehicles, equipment and machinery shall be regular and up to the satisfaction of the Environmental Specialist of CSC to keep noise levels at the minimum.

At the construction sites within 150 m of the nearest habitation, noisy construction work such as crushing, operation of DG sets, use of high noise generation equipment shall be stopped during the night time between 10.00 pm to 6.00 am. Working hours of the construction activities shall be restricted around educational institutions/Health Centers (silent zones) up to a distance of 100 m from the sensitive receptors i.e., School, Health Centers and Hospitals etc. Contractor shall provide noise barriers to the suggested locations of select Schools. List of locations for noise barriers is given in (Appendix-6). Noise monitoring shall be carried out at the locations specified in monitoring plan by the KSHIP and the Engineer through the approved monitoring agency.

C.5 Safety

C.5.1 Personnel Safety Measures for Labour

Contractor shall provide: Protective footwear, protective goggles and nose masks to

the workers employed in asphalt works, concrete works, crusher etc.

Welder’s protective eye-shields to workers who are engaged in welding works

Earplugs to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working in crushing or compaction

The Contractor shall comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.

The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required

Throughout the project corridor and construction phase of the project

Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996;


84


Environmental Issue


location Reference



for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this contract. The Contractor shall make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996 are adhered to. The Contractor shall not employ any person below the age of 14 years for any work and no woman shall be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form The Contractor shall also ensure that paint containing lead or lead products is used except in the form of paste or readymade paint.

C.5.2 Traffic and Safety

The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as proposed in the Traffic Control Plan/Drawings and as required by the Environmental Expert of CSC for the information and protection on traffic approaching or passing through the section of any existing cross roads. The Contractor shall ensure that all signs, barricades, pavement markings are provided as per the MoRTH specifications. Before taking up of construction on any section of the existing lanes of the highway, a Traffic Control Plan shall be devised and implemented to the satisfaction of the Environmental Expert of CSC.

Throughout the project corridor especially at intersections and settlements

MoRTH: 112.4 MoRTH: 112.1 IRC: SP:55


C.5.3 Risk from electrical equipments

The Contractor shall take all required precautions to prevent danger from electrical equipment and ensure that – No material shall be so stacked or placed as to cause

danger or inconvenience to any person or the public. All necessary fencing and lights shall be provided to protect

the public in construction zones. All machines to be used in the construction shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards (IS) codes, shall be free from patent defect, shall be kept in good working order, shall be regularly

Construction sites and storage areas

The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 and

Contractor Environmental Expert of SC, PIU

85


Environmental Issue


location Reference



inspected and properly maintained as per IS provision and to the satisfaction of the Environmental Expert of CSC.

Factories Act, 1948

C.5.4 Risk force measure

Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent danger to the workers and public from fire, flood etc. resulting due to construction activities. Contractor shall make required arrangements so that in case of any mishap all necessary steps can be taken for prompt first aid treatment. Construction Safety Plan prepared by the Contractor shall identify necessary actions in the event of an emergency.

Throughout the construction phase

Contract Agreement and Annexure ‘A’ to MoRTH Clause 501


C.5.6 First Aid

The Contractor shall arrange for – A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories Rules in every work zone. Availability of suitable transport at all times to take injured or sick person(s) to the nearest hospital. Equipment and trained nursing staff at construction camp.

Construction sites; labour camps and construction establishments

The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996


C.5.7 Informatory Signs and Hoardings

The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain informatory/safety signs, hoardings written in English and local language (Kannada), wherever required or as suggested by the Environmental Specialist of CSC.

Construction sites and construction establishments

MoRTH:801 MoRTH:802


C.6 Flora and Fauna: Plantation/Preservation/Conservation Measures

C.6.1 Road side Plantation Strategy

The Contractor shall do turfing on embankment slopes, plantation of shrubs as specified in the Contract. The compensatory plantation shall be carried out by the State Forest Department. Minimum 80 percent survival rate of the saplings shall be acceptable otherwise the Contractor/Forest Department shall replace dead plants at his own cost. The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall inspect regularly the survival rate of the trees planted by the Contractor in accordance with the plantation strategy suggested.

Throughout the length of project corridor As per the

contract document and MoRTH 301.3.3


C.6.2 Flora and chance found

The Contractor shall take reasonable precaution to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging

Throughout project

Contractor Environmental Specialist of

86


Environmental Issue


location Reference



Fauna any flora (plant/vegetation) and fauna (animal) including fishing in any water body and hunting of any animal. If any animal is found near the construction site at any point of time, the contractor shall immediately upon discovery thereof acquaint in the Environmental Specialist of CSC and carry out his instructions for dealing with the same. Environmental Specialist of CSC shall report to the near by forest office (range office or divisional office) and shall take appropriate steps/measures, if required in consultation with the forest officials.

corridor especially near forest stretches including surface water bodies

CSC, KSHIP

C.6.3 Chance Found Archaeological Property

All fossils, coins, articles of value of antiquity, structures and other remains of archaeological interest discovered on the site shall be the property of the Government and shall be dealt with as per provisions of the relevant legislation. The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions to prevent his workmen or any other persons from removing and damaging any such article or thing. He shall, immediately upon discovery thereof and before removal acquaint the Environmental Specialist of CSC of such discovery and carry out the CSC’s instructions for dealing with the same, waiting which all work shall be stopped. The CSC shall seek direction from the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) before instructing the Contractor to recommence the work in the site. The Archaeological structures identified along the road sides should be protected/ preserved or enhanced as per the law.

Throughout project corridor

The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958


C.7.1 Accommodation

Contractor shall follow all relevant provisions of the Building and the other Construction Workers (Regulations of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 for construction and maintenance of labour camp. The location, layout and basic facility provision of each labour camp shall be submitted to CSC and KSHIP prior to their construction. The Construction shall commence only upon the written approval of the Environmental Specialist of CSC. The Contractor shall maintain necessary living accommodation

Labour camps The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996


87


Environmental Issue


location Reference



and ancillary facilities in functional and hygienic manner and as approved by the CSC.

C.7.2 Potable Water

The Contractor shall construct and maintain all labour accommodation in such a fashion that uncontaminated water is available for drinking, cooking and washing. The Contractor shall also provide potable water facilities within the premises of every camp at an accessible place, as per standards set by the Building and other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996. The Contractor shall also guarantee the following:

a) Supply of sufficient quantity of Potable Water (as per IS) in every workplace/labour camp (Site at suitable and easily accessible places and regular maintenance of such facilities.

b) If any water storage tank is provided that shall be kept such that the bottom of the tank at least 1 m above the surrounding ground level.

c) If water is drawn from any existing well, which is within 30 m proximity of any toilet, drain or other source of pollution, the well shall be disinfected before water is used for drinking.

d) All such wells shall be entirely covered and provided with a trap door, which shall be dust proof and water proof.

e) A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well. The trap door shall be kept locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection, which shall be done at least once in a month.

f) Analysis of water shall be done every month as per parameters prescribed in IS 10500-1991.

Environmental Specialist of CSC shall be required to inspect the labour camp once in a week to ensure the compliance of the EMP

Construction site, Labour camp

The Building and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996


C.7.3 Sanitation and The Contractor shall ensure that – Labour camps The Building Contractor Environmenta

88


Environmental Issue


location Reference



Sewage System The Sewage system for the camp are designed, built and operated in such a manner that no health hazards occurs and no pollution to the air, ground water or adjacent water courses take place

Separate toilets/bathrooms, wherever required, Screened from those form men (marked in vernacular) are to be provided for women

Adequate water supply is to be provided in all toilets and urinals

Night soil can be disposed of with the help of local municipal extractor or disposed of by putting layer of it at the bottom of a permanent tank prepared for the purpose and covered with 15 cm layer of waste or refuse and then covered with a layer of earth for fortnight.

and Other Construction workers (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1996 MoRTH:114.14

l Specialist of CSC, KSHIP

C.7.4 Waste Disposal

The Contractor shall provide garbage bins in the camps and ensure that these are regularly emptied and disposed off in a hygienic manner as per the Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC.

Labour camps Annexure 'A' to MoRTH Clause 501


C.8 Contractor’s Demobilization

C.8.1 Environmental Conditions

The KSHIP shall undertake seasonal monitoring of air, water and noise and soil quality through an approved monitoring agency. The parameters to be monitored, frequency and duration of monitoring as well as the locations to be monitored shall be as per the Monitoring Plan prepared. National Standard of Air, Noise and Water given in Appendix-7.

Representative locations as directed by Environmental Engineer, CSC.

Environmental Protection Act, 1986

Contractor

Environmental Specialist of CSC and KSHIP

C.8.2 Continuous Community Participation

The Environmental Specialist of CSC shall have continuous interactions with local people around the project area to ensure that the construction activities are not causing undue inconvenience to the locals residing in the vicinity of project site under construction due to noise, dust or disposal of debris etc.

Along the project corridor

Environmental Specialist of CSC

Environmental Specialist of CSC and KSHIP

C.8.3

Clean-up Operations, Restoration and Rehabilitation

Contractor shall prepare site restoration plans, which shall be approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC. The clean-up and restoration operations are to be implemented by the Contractor prior to demobilization. The Contractor shall clear all


MoRTH 111.9, 111.10 and 111.11


89


Environmental Issue


location Reference



temporary structures; dispose all garbage, night soils and POL (Petroleum, Oil and Lubricants) wastes as per Comprehensive Waste Management Plan and as approved by CSC. All disposal pits or trenches shall be filled in and effectively sealed off. Residual topsoil, if any shall be distributed on adjoining/proximate barren land or areas identified by the Contractor and approved by the Environmental Specialist of CSC in a layer of thickness of 75 mm – 150 mm. All construction zones and facilities including culverts, road side areas, camps, Hot Mix plant sites, Crushers, batching plant sites and any other area used/affected due to the project operations shall be left clean and tidy, at the Contractor’s expense, to the entire satisfaction to the Environmental Specialist of CSC.

C.9 Construction Activities by KSHIP

C.9.1 Tree Plantation

The plantation at the following locations shall be implemented by the KSHIP through the State Forest Department; 3. Road side 4. Enhancement sites 5. Forest land 6. Community Forestation A forest area management plan is provided in Appendix-13 and 11 is the list of various enhancements sites included in the project.


Karnataka Tree Preservation Act, 1976

State Forest Department

KSHIP

C.9.2

Oxbow lands and other left over portions of the existing project road

Development of the enhancement sites identified where PWD land is already available is provided in Appendix-11.

Minor realignments and space within existing RoW

As per the MoU with Forest Department

State PWD KSHIP

OPERATION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the KSHIP

O.1 Monitoring Operation Performance

The KSHIP shall monitor the operational performance of the various mitigation/enhancement measures carried out as a part of the project. The indicators selected for monitoring include the survival rate


As per the contract document

KSHIP KSHIP

90


Environmental Issue


location Reference



of trees; utility of enhancement provision made under the project; status of rehabilitation of borrow areas; and effectiveness of noise barriers.

O.2 Maintenance of Drainage

PWD shall ensure that all drains (side drains, median drain and all cross drainages) are periodically cleared especially before monsoon season to facilitate the quick passage of rainwater and avoid flooding.


KSHIP KSHIP

O.3 Pollution Monitoring

The periodic monitoring of the ambient air quality, noise level, water (both ground and surface water) quality, soil quality in the selected locations as suggested in pollution monitoring plan through the KSPCB or its approved monitoring agency.

At representative locations as per the instructions of Env. Engineer

Environmental Protection Act, 1986 and The noise pollution (regulation and control) rules, 2000

Pollution Monitoring Agency

KSHIP

O.4 Soil Erosion and Monitoring of Borrow Areas

Visual Monitoring and inspection of soil erosion at borrow areas, quarries (if closed and rehabilitated), embankments and other places expected to be affected, shall be carried out once in every three months as suggested in monitoring plan.

Borrow areas and embankment slopes

MoRTH 305.2.2.2 and 306.3

KSHIP KSHIP

O.5

Public awareness on Noise levels and Health Affects

However the public shall be advised to construct the noise barriers such as walls, double glazed windows and tree plantation between the roads and their property. The public awareness is necessary regarding the human health through the news papers and consultations and distribution of pamphlets during the operation stage.


Corporate Social Responsibility

KSHIP KSHIP

91

Table 8-2: Environmental Management Plan – Bridges (Part-B) Responsibility

Sl. No. Environmental

Issue Mitigation Measures

Reference law/guidelines Planning and

Execution Supervision/Monitoring

PRE-CONSTRUCTION STAGE Pre-construction activities by Construction Management Unit

P.1 Permission from Irrigation Department

Permission from Irrigation Department shall be taken prior to start of construction work on bridges

Contract Agreement

EO, KSHIP. CSC and KSHIP

P.2 Pollution Monitoring

Water Quality upstream and down stream of bridges shall be tested prior to initiation of any work at the site of new construction of Bridges to establish baseline.

Environmental Protection Act 1986

KSHIP through approved Pollution Monitoring Laboratory

EO, KSHIP

Contractor/Environmental Expert of TA Consultant/CMU (KSHIP)

P.3

Arrangements for Temporary Land Requirement

The contractor as per prevalent rules shall carry out negotiations with the landowners for obtaining their consent for temporary use of lands for traffic detours, material storage, construction machinery and equipment, vehicle parking etc. Contractor shall enter into a written agreements with land owners for all such sites and Environmental Officer shall be required to ensure that the rehabilitation/clearing up of the sites prior to handling over to the owners have been carried out as per written agreement.

MoRTH 108.3 Contractor CSC and KSHIP

CONSTRUCTION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the Contractor

C.1

Dismantling of Structures/Components and Debris Disposal

The contractor shall identify disposal sites and shall report the same to the Environmental Officer. These locations shall be checked on site and accordingly approved by Environmental Officer prior to any disposal of waste materials. Contractor shall prepare Comprehensive Solid Waste Management Plan in consultation with Environmental Officer and after approval of plan by EO debris shall be disposed off accordingly. This plan also should include ways and means to dispose off the Municipal Garbage’s dumped on the bridge side of the existing alignment to the make the area congenial for working. No dismantling work shall be carried out at night, or during storm or heavy rain. No dismantling shall be carried out without identification and approval of site by Environmental Officer of CSC. Dismantled material shall not be

MoRTH 2802.5 Contractor

CSC and Environmental Officer, KSHIP

92


Environmental Issue

Mitigation Measures Reference



stored in canal bed, embankment slopes except material which shall be reused in Construction. All debris requiring disposal shall be directly taken to the Pre identified disposal site and deposited as per approved Comprehensive Waste Disposal Locations. Debris generated shall be reused in the construction of temporary diversion of traffic, filling in embankment, slope protection work etc subject to the suitability of the materials and approval of the Engineer and Environmental Officer. All arrangements for dismantling, clearing debris and its transportation shall be considered incidental to the work and shall be planned and implemented by the Contractor as approved and directed by the Environmental Officer.

C.1.2 Construction of temporary traffic diversions

Construction of temporary traffic diversions shall be carried out in accordance with the plans prepared and approved during pre-construction stage. Temporary diversions shall be constructed after receipt of approval from concerned authorities and under supervision of Environmental Officer. Warning boards should be placed at least 500 m and 200 m from the construction sites on both sides along with battery operated lamp/retro reflective lamps. Flashlights are provided at least 200 m before the construction site on either side giving warning to drivers before reaching construction sites. Signs, lights, barriers, cones, and other traffic control devices, as well as the riding surface of diversions shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till such time they are required as directed by the engineer. Contractor shall keep the temporary traffic diversions free of dust by sprinkling of water three times a day and as required under specific conditions (depending on weather conditions, construction in the settlement areas and volume of traffic). Contractor shall prepare a Detailed Traffic Control Plans and shall submit it to the Environmental Officer for approval, five days prior to commencement of works on any bridge. The traffic control plans shall contain details of temporary diversions, traffic safety arrangements i.e. lighting arrangement, signage, arrangement of flagmen etc. The Contractor shall provide specific measures for safety of pedestrians and workers as a part of traffic control plans. The Contractor shall ensure that the diversion/detour is always maintained in running condition, particularly during the monsoon to avoid

IRC:SP 55; MoRTH 112.4 and 5

Contractor


93


Environmental Issue




disruption of traffic flow. The Contractor shall also inform local community of changes to traffic routes, conditions and pedestrian access arrangements with assistance from local bodies and KSHIP.

C.1.3 Handling and storing of materials

Contractor shall not store/dump the construction material in water course. Area of storage of material near the work site shall be earmarked in consultation with Environmental Officer of CSC. This area shall not be at a distance of less than 50 from bank of the water course. The access road should be free from water logging. Storage area should be leveled ground; stacking area should be planned and have racks, stands, sleepers, access traces etc and properly lighted, all materials consumables, including raw steel or fabricated materials shall be stored properly on platforms, skids or other supports IS: 7293 and IS: 7969 dealing with handling of materials and equipment for safe working should be followed. Contractor shall prepare a plan for handling and storing of material at bridge construction site and shall submit it for approval from Environmental Officer/Engineer.

IS: 7293 IS: 7969

Contractor


C.1.4

Water Training and Disruption to Other Users of Water

Contractor shall no obstruct the flow of water while constructing/rehabilitating bridges. Contractor shall ensure that velocity in the constructed portion does not increase more then twice the lean season velocity. This shall help turbidity control in downstream and minimum disruption of flora and fauna. Contractor shall carry out the excavation for foundation and construction of substructures during lean season to reduce turbidity levels and soil erosion, which may cause disruption to flora and fauna. Construction over and close to the non-perennial streams shall be undertaken in the dry season. Contractor shall construct river training and protection work i.e. construction of guide bunds, guide walls, bank protection, flooring and approach embankment protection etc. as given in engineering design/drawing in such a fashion that shall provide safety to the bridge structure and its approaches against damage by flood/flowing water and at the same time shall not pollute water. Contractor shall prevent the soil erosion by minimizing the amount of exposed soil, minimizing the time the soil is exposed, avoiding steep cutting

MoRTH 2501 Contractor


94


Environmental Issue




of slope (steeper than 1:2), and constructing all slope protection measures whether incidental or payable, temporary or permanent in time. The Contractor shall serve notice to the down stream users well in advance if construction work is expected to disrupt users of community water bodies or flow of surface water body is diverted. The Engineer/CMU shall ensure that contractor has served the notice to the downstream users of water well in advance. The Contractor shall take prior approval of the Irrigation Department or CMU (KSHIP) for any such activity.

Aquatic Fauna

Since the rivers along the project road are most of the time dry, Aquatic Fauna are very limited. Any impacts to the aquatic fauna shall be avoided.

MoRTH 111 Contractor


Labour Minimum required labour should stay at night at bridge site and Contractor shall make necessary arrangement of toilets, waste sanitation, and Drinking Water requirement at site.

AS per the Labour laws of the Nation

C.2 Pollution C.2.1 Water Pollution

C.2.1.1

Water Pollution from Construction Wastes

The Contractor should not discharge wastewater, generated during construction, into streams, water bodies or the irrigation system without preliminary treatment and should conform to Karnataka State Pollution Control Board. Cofferdams or formwork shall be such as to ensure still water conditions. All waste arising from the bridges construction activity is to be disposed off in the manner that is acceptable to the State Pollution Control Board and as per approved Comprehensive Waste Management Plan. Wastes must be collected, stored and reused in the construction/taken to approved disposal sites. The Environmental Officer shall certify that all wastes generated on bridge site have been disposed off as per norms or in environment friendly manner.

Clause No 501.86 MoRTH Specification for Road and Bridge Works W (PandC) P Act 1981

Contractor


95


Environmental Issue




C.2.1.2

Contamination of water from fuel and lubricants

To avoid contamination from fuel and lubricants, the vehicle and equipments shall be properly maintained and refueling/maintenance of vehicles shall not be done near the bridge sites. Diesel Generator set shall be placed on a cement concrete platform with oil and grease trap to control the oil ingress into soil/water bodies.

Clause No 501.8.6 MoRTH Specification for Road and Bridge Works W (PandC) P Act 1981

Contractor


C.2.1.3 Drainage and runoff

Contractor shall ensure that no construction materials like earth; stone or any other obstructing construction material is disposed in watercourse and shall take all necessary measures to prevent the blockage of water flow blocking the flow of water. In addition to the design requirements, the Contractor shall take all required measures as directed by the Environmental Officer to prevent temporary or permanent flooding of the site or any adjacent area.

MoRTH:305.3.7 MoRTH:306

Contractor


C.2.1.4

Siltation of Water Bodies and Degradation of Water Quality

The Contractor shall not excavate beds of any stream/canals/nala for borrowing earth for embankment construction. Silt fencing shall be provided at bridge locations where rehabilitation /New construction is proposed as per drawing and locations attached in Appendix-3 to avoid siltation of water bodies.

MoRTH:06 Contractor


C.2.2 Air Pollution

C.2.2.1 Dust Pollution

The Contractor shall follow good engineering practices during demolishing of bridges or part thereof and during Construction and rehabilitation of bridges. (Refer Appendices EA and EMP) The Contractor should provide screen around the demolition sites wherever feasible. The Contractor shall reduce dust nuisance from construction sites by sprinkling of water, encapsulation of dust source and by erection of screen/barriers. Vehicle delivering material shall be covered. End boards in loaders shall be provided to prevent spillage. Water shall also be sprayed on temporary access roads and diversions. The air pollution monitoring shall be carried out as per monitoring and reporting programme detailed in Environment Assessment and Management Plan.

Clause No 111 and 501.8.6 MoRTH Specifications for Road and Bridge Works Air (PandCP) Act

Contractor


C.2.3 Noise Pollution

96


Environmental Issue




C.2.3.1

Noise Pollution: Noise from Vehicles, Plants and Equipments

The demolition of bridges/rehabilitation of bridges shall be done using good engineering practices so that noise levels are kept at acceptable levels. If required screens shall be erected around the construction sites.

The noise pollution (regulation and control) rules, 2000

Contractor


C.3 Safety

Tool Box Meetings

Tool box meeting shall be held at least once a week in order to brief workers about safety, do’s and don’t during construction. Toolbox safety meetings are on the job meetings and shall keep employees alert to work related accidents and illness. A toolbox meeting helps alert employees to workplace hazards, and by preventing accidents, illness and on the job injuries. The meeting should involve groups of people who work together and face same sort of injury risks. The meetings should be so designed to raise employee’s awareness following hazardous incidents, a recent injury or near miss. Toolbox meeting improve workplace safety and health, provide information and instructions, improve consultation and help identify hazards and deciding what action needs to be taken to reduce the risks.

MoRTH 2804.10

C.3.1 Personal Safety Measures for Labour

Contractor shall provide: Protective footwear, goggles and clothing to all workers employed on

laying of wearing coat, preparing cement mortars for brick work, concreting, painting etc.

Welder’s protective eye shields to workers who are engaged in welding works

Earplugs to workers exposed to loud noise, and workers working with jack hammer, joint cutting machines, vibrators etc.

Adequate safety measures for workers during handling of materials at site are taken up.

The Contractor shall comply with all regulations regarding safe scaffolding, ladders, working platforms, gangway, stairwells, excavations, trenches and safe means of entry and egress.

At every workplace, good and sufficient water supply shall be maintained to avoid waterborne/water related/water based diseases to ensure the health and hygiene of workers.

Persons working should wear safety helmets and rubber gloves Contractor at his own expenses shall put up necessary shoring,

MoRTH 2804.10

Contractor


97


Environmental Issue




shuttering and planking or cut slopes to a safer angle or both with due regard to the safety of personnel and workers and to the satisfaction of the Engineer

The Contractor shall comply with all the precautions as required for ensuring the safety of the workmen as per the International Labour Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62 as far as those are applicable to this contract. The Contractor shall make sure that during the construction work all relevant provisions of the Factories Act, 1948 and the Building and other Construction Workers (regulation of Employment and Conditions of Services) Act, 1996 are adhered to. The Contractor shall not employ any person below the age of 14 years for any work and no woman shall be employed on the work of painting with products containing lead in any form. The Contractor shall also ensure that no paint containing lead or lead products is used to except in the form of paste or readymade paint. Contractor shall provide facemasks for use to the workers when paint is applied in the form of spray or a surface having lead paint dry is rubbed and scrapped. The Contractor shall mark ‘hard hat’ and ‘no smoking’ and other ‘high risk’ areas and enforce non-compliance of use PPE with zero tolerance. These shall be reflected in the Construction Safety Plan to be prepared by the Contractor during mobilization and shall be approved by SC Contractor shall install a warning device in the area to be used to warn the workers in case of mishap/emergency. Contractor shall provide Safety Helmets conforming to IS 2925 to all the workmen engaged in dismantling work. The shed and tool boxes should be located away from work site. Goggles preferably made up of celluloid’s and gas masks shall be worn at the time of dismantling, especially where tools like jack hammers are deployed to protect eyes from injuries form flying pieces, dirt, dust etc. The workers shall wear leather or rubber gloves during demolition of RCC work. Screens made up GI sheets shall be placed wherever necessary to prevent the flying pieces from injuring the workers Water should be sprayed to reduce the dust while removing concrete wearing course with jackhammer. No work shall be taken up under the span when dismantling work is in

98


Environmental Issue




progress. Contact numbers of Police, Fire Brigade, Ambulance, Police Station, Engineer, EO CSC Consultant and KSHIP should be displayed at every bridge Site.

C.3.2

Handling of Hazardous Materials / Chemicals

Any skin contacts with epoxy materials; solvents and epoxy strippers should be avoided. Epoxy resin can cause irritation of skin particularly epoxy hardeners (B component) may cause a rash on skin in sensitive persons if incorrectly handled. The resin and hardener should not be allowed to come into direct contact with skin. The most effective protection is achieved by wearing polythene gloves, rubber gloves, with a cloth liner, and protective clothing. The official toxicity classification on container labels may be looked for before starting work. Barrier creams are recommended but are not substitutes for protective clothing. Eyes shall be protected where splashing could occur while spraying. Good ventilation shall be ensured and inhalation of vapors avoided. If materials are sprayed, a respirator shall be used. If skin contact occurs, it shall be immediately washed with a cleaner, followed by soap and water. Should eye contact occur, it shall be flushed immediately with plenty of water for 15 minutes and a doctor called for If contact occurs with the clothing, it shall be immediately changed to prevent further skin contact, and if the contact occurs with component A or B, the clothing shall be thrown away. Hardened epoxy is not harmful but shall break the clothing. All emptied used buckets; rags and containers shall be removed from site. These shall be stored in waste disposal bags and suitable disposed. The Contractor shall prepare a hazardous waste management and disposal plan and shall submit a copy of it to Environmental Officer (KSHIP) for review and supervision.

MoRTH 111.6 Contractor


C.3.3 Traffic Management and Safety

The Contractor shall ensure that temporary bridges constructed for diversion of traffic are as per norms and safe and approved by Environmental Officer. Speed limits shall be set for movement of traffic on temporary bridges. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including sign, markings, flags, lights, warning boards and flagmen as


Contractor


99


Environmental Issue




proposed in the Traffic Control Plan/Drawings and as required by the Environmental Officer for the information and protection of traffic approaching or passing the bridge under construction or through the temporary diversion. The Contractor shall ensure that all signs, barricades markings are provided as per the MoRTH specifications. Before taking up of construction on any bridge site, a Traffic Control Plan shall be devised and implemented to the satisfaction of the Environmental Expert. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricading, including signs, markings lights and flagmen etc. For the information and protection of traffic.

C.3.4 First Aid

A readily available first aid unit including an adequate supply of sterilized dressing materials and appliances as per the Factories Rules at every Bridge Construction site.

MoRTH 121.3.1 Contractor


C.3.5 Informatory Signs and Hoardings

The Contractor shall provide, erect and maintain informatory/safety signs, hoardings written in English and Hindi, wherever required or as suggested by the Environmental Officer.


Contractor


C.3.6 Pollution Monitoring

CMU shall monitor water quality both upstream and downstream of bridges thrice a year at the site of new bridges.

Environmental Protection Act, 1986 and The noise pollution (regulation and control) rules, 2000

CMU through approved Pollution Monitoring Laboratory

EO KSHIP

C.4 Contractor’s Demobilization

C.4.1

Cleanup Operations, Restoration and Rehabilitation

Contractor shall prepare site restoration plans, which shall be approved by the Environmental Officer. The clean-up and restoration operations are to be implemented by the Contractor prior to demobilization. All spaces excavated and not occupied by the foundation or other permanent works shall be refilled with earth up to surface of surrounding ground. The Contractor shall clear all temporary structures; dispose all surplus material laying in waterway or around bridge site as per Comprehensive Waste Management Plan and approved by Environmental Officer.

As per the contract document and RAP

Contractor


100


Environmental Issue




The bridge construction site shall be left clean and tidy, at the contractor’s expense, to the satisfaction to the Environmental Officer.

OPERATION STAGE Activities to be Carried Out by the CMU (Construction Management Unit)

O.1 Monitoring Operation Performance

The KSHIP shall monitor the operational performance of the various mitigation measures carried out in the form of river training works as a part of the project The indicators selected for monitoring include the water quality status, Soil erosion etc.

As per the contract document

KSHIP KSHIP

O.2 Pollution Monitoring

The periodic monitoring of the surface water quality at the selected locations as suggested in pollution monitoring plan shall be responsibility of KSHIP. These locations shall be monitored once during operation stage.

Environmental Protection Act, 1986

Pollution Monitoring Agency through KSHIP

KSHIP

O.3 Safety Measures

Contractor shall submit Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan and shall get it approved by the “EO KSHIP”. The plan should also have details of detours in case of emergency.

MoRTH 111.6

101

8.2 Other Mitigation Plans

8.2.1 Resettlement Plan

184. Social Impact Assessment (SIA) has been undertaken wherein the project authority will adopt the Resettlement and Rehabilitation (RandR) Policy of the project and prepare Resettlement Plan to address the adverse impacts arising out of the project. The RandR policy is in line with the National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian Development Banks Safeguard Policy 2009.

8.2.2 Emergency Response Plan

185. Project Proponents shall prepare site specific Emergency Response Plans to face and address any emergency situation with respect to vehicular accidents, heavy floods and spillage of oil or other hazardous materials. It requires establishing and developing a communication and response system to minimize the impacts of these situations and also minimize the time required to respond to these situations in order to safeguard people, property and environmental resources. Contractor shall submit approved Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan. The plan should also have details of detours in case of emergency.

8.2.3 Construction Water Management Plan

186. It is the responsibility of the contractor to arrange adequate supply and storage of water for the whole construction period and submit a list of sources from where water shall be used for the project as per the Construction Water Management Plan (Appendix 15). Contractor shall source the required water preferentially by conjunctive use of Surface water and groundwater but with prior permission from the Groundwater Authority. All precaution shall be taken to minimize the wastage of water during construction process.

8.3 Grievance Redressal Mechanism

187. A joint social and environmental redress mechanism will be implemented under the project. Grievances and suggestions from local and affected people may come-up related to inappropriate implementation of the project and components of EMP. Grievance re-dress mechanism shall be translated in Kannada language and posted to the respective village/Panchayat office by Contractor in behalf of the KSHIP at least 30 days prior to commencement of construction works. The expected range of grievances to be handled through this mechanism will encompass but not limited to the following: i) nuisance from noise, dust, and temporary blocking of access; ii) contamination of receiving water from runoff; iii) emissions from increase vehicular traffic and stationary sources like hot mix plant; iv) conflict between local residents and migrant workers; v) ownership of vegetation for clearing; and vi) damage compensation. These issues will be addressed through acknowledgement, evaluation and corrective action and response approach. Grievances from public or stakeholders concerning the project and EMP implementation will be received by the concerned Executive Engineer of KSHIP division. The Executive Engineer shall refer the application to Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) who then assess the grievances/suggestions and if they are found to be genuine and acceptable, will be resolved at division level itself within 15 to 30 days from the date of receipt. In case, the issue is unable to be resolved, the matter will be forwarded to the Social and Environmental cell,

102

KSHIP (Head quarter). This mechanism is non-judicial in nature and does not preclude the affected people coursing their grievances to the courts. The corrective action will be started as per the action plan indicated to the stakeholder. The action taken and the outcome shall form a part of quarterly report to ADB.

8.4 Environmental Monitoring programme

188. Monitoring is an essential component for sustainability of any developmental project. It is an integral part of any environmental assessment process. Any development project introduces complex inter-relationships in the project area between people, natural resources, biota and other developing forces. Thus, a new environment is created. It is very difficult to predict with complete certainty the exact post-project environmental scenario. Hence, monitoring of critical parameters is essential in the post project phase.

189. The monitoring programme consists of performance indicators, reporting formats (Appendix – 12) and necessary budgetary provision. Out of this, the budgetary provisions are confidential and are not supposed to be part of the disclosure statement. The budgetary statements are provided in section 8.9 for the purpose of evaluation of the EMP.

190. The contractors monitoring plan should be in accordance with the baseline environmental monitoring locations provided in the environmental impact assessment report.

191. The monitoring plan has the following objective

To ensure effective implementation of EMP To comply with all applicable environmental, safety, labour and local legislation To ensure that public opinions and obligations are taken in to account and

respected to the required satisfaction level To modify the mitigation measures or implementing additional measures, if required

192. For each of the environmental condition indicators, the monitoring plan specifies the parameters to be monitored, location of the monitoring sites, frequency and duration of monitoring. The monitoring plan also specifies the applicable standards, implementation and supervising responsibilities. The monitoring plan and details of monitoring locations for environmental condition indicators of the project during the construction and operation stage are presented in Table 8.3. The monitoring will be carried out by PIU through the approved agency and will be supervised by the Environmental Experts of the Construction Supervision Consultants and PIU.

103

Table 8-3: Environmental monitoring for Air, Water, Noise and Soil

Attribute Parameter Special guidance Standards Frequency Duration Location No of

samples Implementation

Air CO, NOx, SPM, RPM, Pb and SO2

High volume sampler to be located 50m from the plant in the down wind direction. Use method specified by CPCB for 24 hr sampling

Air (prevention and control of pollution) Rules. CPCB, 1994

Once in every four months during construction and operation stage.

Two years

Construction Sites and major establishments along the subproject including base line monitored stations

84 or as directed

KSHIP

Water Please refer Appendix 7 for water quality parameters to be monitored or parameters as decided by the Environmental Specialist of the CSC

Grab sample collected from source and analyze as per standard methods for examination

IS for Inland surface waters (IS:2296,1982) and for drinking water (IS: 10500-1991)


Two years

Drinking water samples from the labour camps and from hand pumps, Surface water from the water courses along the road project.

72 or as directed

KSHIP

Noise Noise quality as per National Ambient Noise Standards on db (A) scale

Equivalent noise levels using and integrated noise level meter kept at a distance of 15m from edge of pavement Leq in db (A) of day time and night time

MOEF Noise Rules 2000


Two years

Near the construction camps, working zones, sensitive receptors at major human settlements along the road.

84 or as desired

KSHIP

104

Attribute Parameter Special guidance Standards Frequency Duration Location No of

samples Implementation

*Soil Monitoring of pH, Nitrogen, Phosphorus,, Potassium, Sodium, Chloride, Organic Carbon and Lead

Sample of soil collected and analyzed using absorption spectrometer

Threshold for each contaminant set by IRIS database of USPEA until standards are available to use.

One sample each during the pre and post monsoon for construction and operation stage.

Two years

Construction camp /plant sites, Labour camps, Batching plants and productive agricultural lands abutting traffic detours and traffic diversions and major intersections.

48 or as desired

KSHIP

*Accidental spillage of hazardous and non-hazardous substances need to be dealt with as special cases largely depends on the circumstances including state of the substance (liquid or solid) Monitoring shall be carried out at all locations used for collection of primary data in the study .

105

8.5 Performance indicators

193. Environmental components identified of a particular significance in affecting the environment at critical locations have been suggested as performance indicators (PIs).

Table 8-4: Performance Indicators and monitoring plan

S. No

Monitoring plan/

Performance indicators

Description of Item Indicator Stage Responsibility

1 Monitoring plan

No. of trees planted (Total)

No. of trees under Compensatory Afforestation

No. of Trees planted along Road sides

No. of Trees planted at other locations (such as camps, borrow areas, debris disposal sites and plant areas)

No. of trees planted at enhancement sites

Road side and other plantation areas

Post construction stage

Forest Department and PIU

3 Performance indicators

No. of Borrow Areas identified and verified

No. of sites for which restoration plans have been prepared

No. of Sites restored and rehabilitated

No. of sites handed over

Borrow Area Pre -Construction and Post- Construction

Contractor


No. of Quarry Areas identified and verified

No. of sites for which restoration plans have been prepared

No. of sites restored and rehabilitated

No. of sites handed over

Quarry Pre –Construction and Post Construction

Contractor


Quantity of Debris and spoils to be disposed off

No. of locations finalized for Debris disposal

Quantity of Debris and spoils disposed off

No. of locations for which Rehabilitation works have been

Disposal sites Construction and Post Construction

Contractor

106

S. No

Monitoring plan/



completed 6 Performance

indicators No. of locations

identified for the construction camp and construction plant sites

No. of locations approved

Lay-outs approved No. of sites for which

site Restoration and Rehabilitation has been completed

Construction camps and plant sites

Pre- construction and Post Construction

Contractor


No. of Trees to be cut No. of Trees cut % Progress on the tree

removal

Tree cutting Pre construction

PIU


No. of locations identified for temporary storage of the excavated materials to be used in embankment and sub grade

Storage of excavated materials

Pre construction and construction

Contractor

9 Monitoring plan

Statutory environmental monitoring as per the conditions stipulated in the consents/ permission issued by PCB

Environmental status at construction Sites

Construction Contractor

10 Monitoring plan

Environmental parameter monitoring in accordance with the frequency and duration of monitoring as well as the locations as per the Monitoring plan given in Table 8.3

Air, Noise, Soil and Water quality

Construction and Operation

PIU through external agency

11 Monitoring plan

Before the onset of monsoon all the debris/excavated materials shall be cleaned from the work sites and disposed of at the pre –identified approved locations

Silting of water bodies

Construction Contractor supervised by the Environmental specialist of CSC


Implementation of enhancement measures for Parking areas Cultural properties Religious properties Other oxbow land

development

Enhancements Construction Contractor


No. of Training sessions organized for

- Department staff

Training Imparted

Construction and Operational

PIU

107

S. No

Monitoring plan/



- Contractors - Combined No. of people trained - Department staff - Contractors

Phase


Slope protection measures Length (by type) No. of Locations

Work sites Construction Contractor


Drainage Length No. of Locations



Safety provisions Signage (by type and

No.) Guard Rails Guide Rails



No. of chute drains provided



Soil erosion prevention measures Silt fencing (No. of

locations and quantity) Stone pitching (No. of

locations and quantity) Any other (Grass

seeding etc.,)



Utility ducts Length provided No. of Locations

Utility ducts Construction Contractor


Water sources No. of sources

protected No. of sources

relocated



No. of HIV awareness sessions conducted

Labours Construction Stage

PIU


No. Safety awareness sessions conducted

Labours Construction Stage

PIU

23 Monitoring plan

No. of awareness sessions for educating the public about road safety and other environmental aspects (such as waste dumping, preservation of enhanced sites, pollution and health impacts etc.)

Public in the vicinity of project road.

Construction Stage

PIU

8.6 Reporting system

194. Reporting system for the suggested monitoring programme operates at two levels

108

1) Reporting for environmental condition indicators and environmental management indicators

2) Reporting for operational performance indicators at the PIU level.

195. Environmental monitoring involves regular checking of the environmental management issues detailed in the EMP and to ascertain whether the mitigation measures are achieving their objectives, according to the EMP, with the progress of the works. It provides the necessary feedback for project management to keep the programme on schedule will still achieving the expected outcomes.

196. The contractor, CSC and PIU operate the reporting system for environmental conditions and environmental management indicators. The reporting system is presented in Table 8.4. Reporting formats (Appendix – 12) for contractors and CSC have been prepared, which will form the basis of the implementation by the Contractor and monitoring by the CSC and PIU. The list of reporting formats prepared for the project is presented in Table 8.6 and formats are presented in Appendix – 12.

The reporting system will start with the construction contractor who is the main executor of the implementation activities. The contractor will report to the CSC who in turn shall report to the PIU. The Contractor will submit monthly and quarterly environmental compliance reports along with formal monthly and quarterly reporting to the CSC.

The CSC will submit separate quarterly environmental monitoring reports to PIU in addition to submission of the summary of the activities of the month in the formal monthly report including any deviations and corrective actions.

PIU will be responsible for the preparation of the targets for identified non-compliances for the EMP compliance.

197. A full record of construction activities will be kept as a part of normal contract monitoring system. Reporting and Monitoring Systems for various stages of construction and related activities have been proposed are to ensure timely and effective implementation of the EMP. The operation stage monitoring reports may be annual or biannual, provided the Project Environmental Completion Report shows that the implementation was satisfactory.

This reporting will be as follows:

Reporting by the contractor to the CSC

Reporting by CSC to PIU

Reporting by PIU for the information of all interested parties.

Table 8-5: Reporting System Construction Supervision

consultant (CSC) Item Contractor Supervision Reporting to PIU

PIU to oversee compliance monitoring

Construction Stage Monitoring of construction site and construction camp

Before start of work

Regular Quarterly Regular

Pollution monitoring As required As required Quarterly Quarterly Debris disposal area Weekly As required Quarterly Quarterly

109

Construction Supervision consultant (CSC) Item Contractor

Supervision Reporting to PIU

PIU to oversee compliance monitoring

Monitoring Enhancements

Implementation

Regular Quarterly Quarterly

Top soil preservations Weekly Weekly Monthly Quarterly Borrow area/quarry area / Debris disposal area

Regular Weekly Monthly Quarterly

Tree cutting Weekly Weekly Monthly Quarterly Tree plantation Monthly Monthly Monthly Quarterly Operation stage Pollution Monitoring Quarterly Quarterly Quarterly As per monitoring

plan

Table 8-6: Summary Details of Reporting Formats

Contractor Forest

Department

Construction Supervision Consultant

(CSC) Format No.

Item Stage Implementation and Reporting

to Engineer

Implementation and Reporting

to PIU Supervision

Reporting to PIU

EMS1 Approval of construction camp/ plant site and its management plan

Pre-construction

One time - One time One time

EMS2 Approval of Borrow Management Plan (General and Specific)

Pre-construction

General- One time Specific redevelopment plan – One for each borrow area

- Regular Quarterly

Identification of temporary storage yards and Management plan

Pre-construction

One time - One time One time

Solid waste Management Plan (General and Specific)

Pre-construction

General- One time Specific redevelopment plan – One for each camp or plant site

- Regular Quarterly

EMS3 Construction camp and plant site management

Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly

EMS 4 Top Soil management


EMS 5 Construction Construction Monthly - Regular Quarterly

110

Contractor Forest

Department


(CSC) Format No.


to Engineer


to PIU Supervision

Reporting to PIU

plants and pollution control Monitoring

EMS 6 Vehicles and Pollution Control


EMS 7 Details of the DG sets and pollution control


EMS 8 Details of oil Storage


EMS 9 Working at water courses and pollution control


EMS10 Details of Water Extraction


EMS11 Details of personal protective Equipment


EMS12 Status of consent for water extraction

Construction Half yearly - Half yearly Half yearly

EMS13 Deviations and corrective Actions

Construction - Monthly Quarterly

EMS14 Tree plantation Construction and Operation

Quarterly Quarterly

EMS15 Plantation of shrubs and grass

Construction and Operation

As applicable Quarterly As applicable

As applicable

EMS16 Implementation of Enhancement measures for cultural properties, parking areas and incidental spaces


Status Regarding Rehabilitation

Operation - Half yearly

111

Contractor Forest

Department


(CSC) Format No.


to Engineer


to PIU Supervision

Reporting to PIU

of Borrow Areas

Noise barrier construction

Operation As applicable - Quarterly Quarterly

Survival rate of plants

Operation Quarterly Quarterly

EMS17 Debris generated due to road widening

During construction

Through out the construction period during widening

- Regular Quarterly

198. The Environmental officer of CSC can make required changes in the formats specified in Appendix 12 to ensure effective reporting of environmental issues. Some of the formats should be included in the request for inspection such as Debris disposal area approval request. For making any required changes in the frequency of reporting and change in the contents of the report for effective and simple for implementation and monitoring, CSC should discuss the reporting formats with the Contractor and PIU. This will not only ensure that the environmental provisions are addressed but also link the satisfactory compliance to environmental procedures prior to approval of the Interim Payment Certificate (IPC) by the Engineer. In the regular monthly meeting the environmental aspects should also be discussed and the staff responsible for the implementation of the environmental management from the contractor, PIU and CSC should also be present.

8.7 INSTITUTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS

199. Project Implementation Unit is responsible for implementing the road improvement project to ensure and achieve certain level of quality in the project, during implementation of project and in turn will make sure that the statutory requirements are not violated during the pre construction, construction and Operational (defect liability period) stages of the project. Organizational setup for PIU and EMPIU is illustrated in the Figure 1.1.

200. The Chief Project Officer heads KSHIP. He will be responsible for the successful implementation of the Project. The Chief engineer is also the Project Director in the KSHIP set up for the implementation of the project. The project director (PD) is assisted by Project Implementation Unit (PIU), Environmental and Social wings at the head office. Various sub units are functioning under PIU such as Environmental Social Management Unit (ESMU); Environmental Management Plan Implementation Unit (EMPIU) and Social Development Resettlement Cell (SDRC). The SDRC is headed by a Chief Administrative Officer (CAO). The Project Director will be heading the overall functioning of the Environmental and Social Management Unit (ESMU).

201. The Executive Engineers (EEs) and supporting staff as employer’s representatives nominated for the project will be responsible for the implementation of the project under the

112

divisions. The Executive Engineer (Environment) and Social Development Officer of KSHIP will look after the environmental and social issues during the project preparation, implementation and operation with the assistance of the Environmental Specialist of Project Design and Environmental Officer (EO) of the CSC.

202. During the operation stage monitoring will be carried out by PIU with the help of environmental monitoring agencies approved by the State or Central Pollution Control Board.

203. Relationship among Environmental Specialist of construction supervision consultancy (CSC), Karnataka Road Improvement Project (KSHIP) and the contractor with respect to supervision and monitoring of EMP is depicted in the following Figure 8.1.

Figure 8-1: Relationship among Environmental Specialist of CSC, KSHIP and the contractor

8.8 Institutional Capacity Building

204. The Environmental Officers/Engineers at PIU, Environmental experts of the Supervision Consultancy and the Concessionaire, who would be responsible for the implementation of the

Chief Engineer/Project Director, PIU, KRIP, Bangalore.

Team Leader, CSC, Bangalore

Environmental Engineer Environmental Specialist

Executive Engineer and Asst. Environmental Engineer,

KRIP Project Division

Resident Engineer and Sr. Environmental Engineer,

CSC, Project Division

Contractor, Environmental Engineer, EHS

Asst. Executive Engineer and Asst. Engineer, (Envtl. In charge)

KRIP Sub division

Asst. Resident Engineer and Asst. Envtl. Engineer,

Project site office.

113

EMP, need to be trained on environmental issues of specific road development project. To ensure the success of the proposed implementation set up, there is need for training and skill upgradation.

8.8.1 Training Components:

205. The Environmental training should encompass the following:

Understanding of the relevant environmental regulations and their application to the project.

Main impacts of the project on the environment.

Mitigation measures as given in the EMP and their implementation.

Duties and responsibilities of the Contractors, Supervision Consultants and staff of PIU involved in the project.

Public/community consultation and its role during the implementation of the project.

Supervision of the implementation of the EMP and environmental issues during construction.

Monitoring during construction stage.

Weekly, monthly and quarterly report preparations and submission.

8.8.2 Training Programme:

206. A training programme needs to be worked out incorporating the project needs as well as the intermediate term capacity building needs. The programme should consist of a number of training modules specific to target groups. The training would cover the basic principles and postulates of environmental assessment, mitigation plans and programmes implementation techniques, monitoring and management methods and tools. Looking into the potential requirements of each of the target groups, several training modules have been suggested. The training modules are given in Table-8.7.

Table 8-7: Training Modules for Environmental Management

Sl. No. Training Recipients Mode of Training

Environmental Aspects to be

covered in training modules

Training Conducting

Agency

SESSION-I Module-I Environmental staff of PIU

involved in the project, staff of construction supervision consultant, contractor, and collaborating Government Agencies

Lecture Sessions, Workshops and Presentation

Environmental overview and Environmental Regulations and Acts

External trainers, Environmental specialist,

Module-II Environmental staff of PIU involved in the project, staff of construction supervision consultant and contractor


Environmental Impact Assessment: Road Projects and Environment Issues

External trainers, Environmental specialist,

114

Sl. No. Training Recipients Mode of Training

Environmental Aspects to be

covered in training modules

Training Conducting

Agency

Module-III Environmental staff of PIU involved in the project, staff of construction supervision consultant


Environmental Management Plan for Road Projects

Specialist Trainers; Environmental Specialist

SESSION-II Module-IV Environmental staff of PIU

involved in the project, staff of construction supervision consultant, contractor, and collaborating Government Agencies

Lecturers; Group Discussions

Environmental Issues in the Project

External Agency

Module-V Environmental staff of PIU involved in the project, staff of construction supervision consultant and contractor

Lecturers; Demonstration sessions; Group Discussions

Environmentally Sound Construction Management

External Agency

Module-VI Environmental staff of PIU involved in the project

Lecturers; Group Discussions

Planning for Environmentally Sustainable Operation of Roads

External Agency

Module-VII Environmental staff of PIU involved in the project

Lecturers; Demonstration sessions; Group Discussions

Long Term Environmental Issues in Road Management

External Agency

8.9 ENVIRONMENTAL BUDGETARY PROVISIONS

207. The budgetary provision for the implementation of the environmental management plan of the subproject road is presented in Table 8.8 and Table 8.9 and can be categorized in to two types.

A) Environmental Management Plan Works to be implemented by the contractor under civil works contract (not included in civil works BOQ)

B) Environment Management Plan Works to be implemented by Government Departments or other agencies as per the regulatory requirements.

115

Table 8-8 : Bill of Quantities for Implementation of Environmental Management Action Plan to be executed under Civil Works Contract

Sl.No.

Description Unit Quantity Rate (Rs) Amount

(Rs) 1 A. Carting away the unserviceable materials from

work site to the nearest disposal site (up to a lead of 5km) and disposing the same in disposal pits or borrow areas including depositing unserviceable materials in layers and manual compaction. Appendix: 1

Cum 52,585 58 30,28,908

B. The 30 cm top layer of disposal pit shall be provided with good earth, suitable for development of vegetation/plantation. All work shall be carried out as per specifications and approval of the Engineer in Charge

Sqm. 26,293 28 7,29,620

2 Turfing at ground level at disposal pits for un-serviceable material as per specifications and approval of the Engineer in Charge.

Sqm 26,293 27 7,09,900

3 Regular water sprinkling (at least 4 times) per day at all construction sites for suppression of visible dust levels. Note: This item is to be operated after the completion of earthwork to suppress the visible dust levels. Cost of watering during compaction of earthwork is deemed to be already covered under civil works.

Km 108.62 12,000 13,03,440

4 Construction of Recharge pits within the selected water bodies along the project road as per approved design and drawing as developed by Central Ground Water Board (Ref Appendix-2 for details).

Nos. 41 26,000 10,66,000

5 Construction of silt traps at the discharge points of channels into to fresh water bodies across the project road as per the Standard Details provided in the Appendix-3

M 41 1,250 51,250

6 Providing informatory sign boards (informatory /caution messages) for road users for providing information about ecologically sensitive areas, wild life crossing points (if any), important tourist locations, etc as applicable. The specifications of sign boards shall conform to relevant IRC specifications. The probable locations for informatory sign boards are given in Appendix-4

Sqm 4 10,192 40,768

7 Construction of 30cm thick clay lined (at bottom and sides) pits for safe disposal of scarified bitumen including carriage (up to a lead of 10km), depositing bitumen in layers of 15 Cms with manual compaction and covering the pit with 20cm thick good earth as top layer at ground level all complete as per specifications and details given in the Appendix-5

Nos. 31 83,410 25,85,710

8 Turfing at ground level at disposal pits for scarified bitumen as per specifications and approval of the Engineer in Charge.

Sqm 10,463 28 2,90,334

116

Sl.No.

Description Unit Quantity Rate (Rs) Amount

(Rs) 9 Periodic air quality monitoring during construction

stage at construction camp sites, bitumen hot mix plants, crusher plants (if specifically established for Project), at major settlement areas along project road. The parameters to be monitored are SPM, RPM, SO2, NOx and CO, Lead. Each monitoring schedule shall be over a duration of 24 hours (in 8 hour shifts), once in four months for 2 Years). The tests are to conducted in accordance CPCB norms at locations given in Appendix - 7)

Nos. 84 7,500 6,30,000

10 Water quality monitoring during construction phase at locations given in Appendix - 7. The sampling shall be carried out once four months for 2 years and cover all parameters as per IS10500 including heavy metals as per details given in Appendix-7.

Nos. 72 2,000 1,44,000

11 Noise quality monitoring at specified silent receptors along Project Road, at construction camp sites, bitumen hot mix plants, crusher plants(if specifically established for Project), and at major settlement areas along project road. – Each monitoring schedule shall be over a duration of 12hours (6Am to 6PM), once in four months for 2 Years). The monitoring shall be carried out in accordance with CPCB norms at locations given in Appendix-7)

Nos. 84 500 42,000

12 Soil quality monitoring at Construction camp /plant sites, Labour camps, Batching plants and productive agricultural lands abutting traffic detours and traffic diversions and major intersections along Project Road. Parameters shall include pH, Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Potassium, Sodium, Chloride, Organic Carbon and Lead and carried out twice in a year (Pre and Post Monsoon) at all locations for 2 years as per details given in Appendix-7

Nos. 48 3,500 1,68,000

13 Providing Oil Interceptors at the fuel/oil storage camps or Construction camps. Typical Drawing given in Appendix-8

Nos. 1 5,000 5,000

14 Providing Personal Protective Equipment to the labours during the construction phase of the project. Appendix-9

cost/ person/ annum

300 1,000 3,00,000

15 Provision for two health check ups for the carcinogens from bituminous fumes, which may inhaled during road paving works. The first health check up prior to induction of the personnel into the construction works and the last health check up prior to the discharge of the personnel from the construction works

cost/ person

300 1,500 4,50,000

16 Utilisation of unserviceable material obtained from Road way excavation for widening and construction of cross roads.

Cum 5,258 77 4,04,866

Total (Rs.) 11,949,796

117

Table 8-9: Bill of Quantities for Environmental Management Action Plan - Mandatory Works to be implemented by Government Departments/ agencies as per regulatory

requirements. Sl.No.

Description Unit Quantity Rate (Rs)

Amount (Rs)

1 Raising Avenue Plantation along the project road length @ 200 tress per Km. The Plantation programme shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for total of 7 (2+5) years.

Km 108.62 1,43,400 1,55,76,108

2 Raising of Median Plantation along selected stretches of project road. The plantation program shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for total of 4 (1+3) years.

Km. 0.00 65,000 0

3 Construction of noise barrier(s) at specified locations along Project Road as per the specifications and drawing given in the Appendix -6

M 1,560 4,200 65,52,000

4 Raising of Plantation to act as vegetative noise barrier at select locations as per specifications and details given in Appendix - 6. The plantation program shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for 6 years as per plan.

M 30 490 14,700

5 Enhancement of roadside pond including gardening, construction of parking lots, internal roads, as per drawing No. Complete with all leads and lift and as directed by the Engineer.

Nos. 1 41,20,000

41,20,000

6 Re-Development of oxbow land with and other left over land at realignment locations along project road as per standard tree plantation program approved by the Forest Department, Government of Karnataka. The plantation program shall be prepared, implemented and maintained for total of 4 (1+3) years.

Ha 3.00 94,000 2,82,000

7 Compensatory Afforestation in lieu of forestland diverted Project Road as per the Forest Conservation Act. Compensatory Afforestation works is to be implemented by Forest Department.

Ha 0.00 94,000 0

8 Compensatory Provision in terms of Net Present value (NPV cost) of the Forestland diverted for the Project Road (NPV to be borne by PIU, KSHIP).

Ha 0.00 7,30,000 0

9 Providing short term Environmental Management Training for Staff of PIU, contractor’s personnel by the Construction Supervision Consultant. The responsibility of developing and conducting the training program shall be of construction supervision consultant but the cost will be borne by contractor. Training shall cover for pre-construction, construction and post construction phase.

Nos. 7.00 1,43,000 10,01,000

Total (Rs.) 27,545,80

8Total cost estimate for implementation of EMP works of the Link

Total of Table 8.8 11,949,796

Total of Table 8.9 27,545,808

Grand Total (Rs.) 39,495,604

118

9 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

208. The proposed Mudgal – Tavaragere – Gangawathi subproject (31) is an existing State Highway road and it is proposed to be up-graded with no new alignment except for realignments at some locations for improving the road geometrics and meet the project objectives.

209. The Initial Environmental Examination report attempts to identify significant potential environmental impacts associated with the construction and operational phases of the proposed road Project. Apart from positive impacts road projects could also generate some adverse direct and indirect environmental impacts. Direct environmental impacts are usually due to construction activities, while indirect environmental impacts are usually related to the operation of improved roads.

210. Further, most of the adverse impacts of road project during construction period are temporary in nature. Most of these impacts can be minimized through specific engineering solutions, construction methodology incorporated into the project design and by planning adequate and timely mitigation measures such that, the overall impact on environmental attributes by the proposed project works are unlikely to cause any significant adverse environmental impacts and no further detailed study is required.

211. Any major change in the project proposal and setup will require updating the environmental assessment document as per the requirement. The updated assessment will have to be submitted to concerned Government authorities and ADB for concurrence before the actual construction commence. Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan may be updated if deemed necessary as per the requirements.

119

ANNEX 1: PHYSIOGRAPHY OF THE PROJECT AREA

120

ANNEX 2: CLIMATIC CONDITION OF THE PROJECT AREA.

121

ANNEX 3: DRAINAGE AND RIVER BASINS OF THE PROJECT AREA

122

ANNEX 4: IRRIGATION AND HYDROGEOLOGY OF THE PROJECT AREA

123

ANNEX 5: ROCKS AND MINERALS IN THE PROJECT AREA.

124

ANNEX 6: SOIL TYPE OF THE PROJECT AREA

125

ANNEX 7: GENERAL LAND USE AND CROPPING PATTERN OF THE PROJECT AREA.

126

ANNEX 8: FORESTLAND TYPE IN THE PROJECT AREA.

127

ANNEX 9: RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT (REA) CHECKLIST –ROADS and HIGHWAYS

Gubbi – Yadiyur(Beeragonahalli) – Kowdley – Mandya (57 A, B and C) Subproject Instructions:

This checklist is to be prepared to support the environmental classification of a project. It is to be attached to the environmental categorization form that is to be prepared and submitted to the Chief Compliance Officer of the Regional and Sustainable Development Department.

This checklist is to be completed with the assistance of an Environment Specialist in a Regional Department.

This checklist focuses on environmental issues and concerns. To ensure that social dimensions are adequately considered, refer also to ADB checklists and handbooks on (i) involuntary resettlement, (ii) indigenous peoples planning, (iii) poverty reduction, (iv) participation, and (v) gender and development.

Answer the questions assuming the “without mitigation” case. The purpose is to identify potential impacts. Use the “remarks” section to discuss any anticipated mitigation measures.

Country/Project Title: 57 A, B and C (Length – 108.62 km) Sector Division: Gubbi – Yadiyur(Beeragonahalli) – Kowdley – Mandya SCREENING QUESTIONS Yes No REMARKS

A. Project Siting - Is the Project area adjacent to or within any of the following Environmentally sensitive areas? Cultural heritage site X There are no cultural heritage sites on the subproject road. Protected Area

X

There is no Protected area within 10 km of radius. The nearest protected area Adichunchanagiri Peacock Sanctuary is located at a distance of approximately 30 km from the proposed project road.

Wetland X

There are no natural wetlands. The subproject road intercepts wetlands irrigated by irrigation canals of Marakonahalli reservoir and shimsha river.

Mangrove X None. Estuarine X None. Buffer zone of protected

area X None.

Special area for protecting biodiversity

X None,

B. Potential Environmental Impacts - Will the Project cause… Encroachment on

historical/cultural areas; disfiguration of landscape by road embankments, cuts, fills, and quarries?

X

There are no cultural heritage sites on the subproject road.

Encroachment on precious ecology (e.g. sensitive or protected areas)?

X

There is no ecologically sensitive or protected area along the subproject road except a stretch of Nagegowdanapalya reserved forests (monoculture plantations of Eucalyptus and Acacia auriculiformis on road link 57A and 57B) which are ecologically less sensitive. Acquisition of forest land will be minimized by adopting modified road cross section, shift in

128

alignment etc; all quarries, borrow pits and other construction establishments such as hot mix plants, WMM plants, Crusher plants, Construction camps and offices etc will be sited away from these forest areas; speed control measures will be taken by constructing road humps within the forest stretches.

Alteration of surface water hydrology of waterways crossed by roads, resulting in increased sediment in streams affected by increased soil erosion at construction site?

X

The subproject crosses few canals, streams and ponds. No major changes in surface water hydrology of waterway is envisaged as construction of bridges (cross drainage structures) will be taken up during lean stream flow periods (summer) to avoid diversion of stream flow, soil erosion and flooding in the adjacent areas. All existing cross drainages have been reviewed for impact on surface water hydrology; reconstruction and replacement of distressed cross drainage structures along with new constructions will minimize the impact of subproject on the surface water hydrology. Treatment of 29 bridges and 271 culverts including maintenance, widening and replacement by larger dimensions and new constructions will be taken up for the subproject.

Deterioration of surface water quality due to silt runoff and sanitary wastes from worker-based camps and chemicals used in construction?

X

Several mitigation measures will be taken to minimize the silt runoff by constructing silt traps and by setting worker camps and construction camps away from the surface water bodies and providing silt trap trenches across the natural drains. Toilets will be provided with Septic tanks, Sullage water will be connected to soak pits, paved platform will be provided for vehicle service area, chemicals, and oil spills will be collected in oil interceptors and stored separately for recycling.

Increased local air pollution due to rock crushing, cutting and filling works, and chemicals from asphalt processing?

X

Impacts on air quality during construction stage are transitory in nature and can be largely limited by mitigating measures. Crushing units, hot mix plant and wet mix plants will be located away from the human settlements and sensitive ecosystems. SPCB consents will be obtained and conditions laid there will be complied for establishing and operating these plants. Grubbing, clearing and wetting of sites will be done for cutting and filling works at construction sites as well as at borrow area.

Risks and vulnerabilities related to occupational health and safety due to physical, chemical, biological, and radiological hazards during project construction and operation during project construction and operation?

X

Risks and vulnerabilities related to health and safety due to physical, chemical, biological and radiological hazards during project road construction are addressed through risk prevention and reduction by onsite safety monitoring and management; imparting training and skill development on occupational health and safety to construction workers; insisting contractor to comply with all the applicable labour laws applicable to the construction workers employment, health, safety and welfare; ensuring provision of Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE); conducting periodical safety audits; preparing transportation management plans; taking necessary precautions to maintain the health and safety of the construction workers and ensuring medical staff and first aid facilities at the construction site.

Noise and vibration due to blasting and other civil works?

X

No blasting sites will be selected nearer to settlements. Blasting timings will be decided by consulting locals. All precautions such as cordoning the area, sirens, manning with flags etc will be taken up before blasting operations.

129

Noisy equipments such as DG sets will be provided with enclosures and mufflers. People working near excess noise producing equipments and machinery will be provided with ear plugs.

Dislocation or involuntary resettlement of people

X

About 404 families will be dislocated due to the subproject. The project will adopt the Resettlement and Rehabilitation (RandR) Policy of the project to address the adverse impacts arising out of the project. This policy is in line with the National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian Development Banks Safeguard Policy 2009.

Dislocation and compulsory resettlement of people living in right-of-way? X

Subproject involves compulsory resettlement of about 133 people living within right of way near settlements along the project road. Resettlement Plan is prepared in accordance with the guide-lines of National Policy on Resettlement and Rehabilitation 2007 and Asian Development Banks Safeguard Policy 2009 to address dislocation and compulsory resettlement.

Disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable groups?

X

There are no disproportionate impacts on the poor, women and children, Indigenous Peoples or other vulnerable groups by the proposed upgradation of KSHIP roads. Indigenous People Development Plans shall be prepared to address the issues raised due to the implementation of the proposed project. Proposed project roads provide safe access to markets, health care and other necessary services thus improving the quality of life of poor, women and other vulnerable groups. Children below the age of 14 years of age shall not be allowed to employ in the project.

Other social concerns relating to inconveniences in living conditions in the project areas that may trigger cases of upper respiratory problems and stress?

X

Construction activities near to settlements including plying of construction vehicles may generate in few cases respiratory problems. All precautionary and mitigation measures for dust mitigation measures such as sprinkling water on all the haul roads on a regular basis during construction period; siting of construction establishments away from the human habitats; Pollution control devices (cyclone separators /scrubbers) and increasing the stack height to control and dilute emissions from hot mix plants and batching plants; covering the truck loads of materials to avoid dust and spillage on the roads, etc will be taken up.

Hazardous driving conditions where construction interferes with pre-existing roads? X

Site specific traffic management plans will be prepared. Assistance from local police will be taken. Temporary diversions will be provided by maintaining adequate carriage way for diversion traffic. Barricades, Traffic Safety Signs, Caution boards, markings, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required will be provided to avoid interference to the flow of traffic at pre-existing roads.

Poor sanitation and solid waste disposal in construction camps and work sites, and possible transmission of communicable diseases from workers to local populations?

X

Construction camps will be provided with sanitary latrines and urinals. The sewage system will be operated properly to avoid health hazards, ground water and soil contamination. Compost pits will be constructed for the disposal of the garbage and other biodegradable wastes generated from the camps. Proper collection, transportation and disposal of the wastes will be ensured. Construction and labour camps will be sited away from human settlements to avoid possible transmission of communicable diseases from workers to

130

local populations. Creation of temporary

breeding habitats for mosquito vectors of disease?

X Better sanitation will be provided in construction and labour camps. Open pits near settlements will be filled with construction debris and covered with soil.

Gaseous and odor emissions to the atmosphere from processing operations?

X Hot Mix Plants and Batch Mixing Plants will be sited away from settlements. Chimney height will be raised as per design.

Uncontrolled in-migration with opening of roads to forest area and overloading of social infrastructure?

X

Subproject do not open any new roads to forest area. Hence, the question of uncontrolled in–migration and overloading of social infrastructure on the subproject doesn’t arise.

Accident risks associated with increased vehicular traffic, leading to accidental spills of toxic materials and loss of life?

X

Should an accidental spill occur, the applicable emergency spill procedure such as stopping the flow; removing ignition source; initiating emergency response; cleanup and safe disposal will be followed.

Increased noise and air pollution resulting from traffic volume?

X

After the completion of subproject, there will be a reduction in noise and air pollution due to smooth and uniform flow of traffic. However, there will be a gradual increase in air pollution due to increased number of vehicles on the improved roads. Proposed avenue and median plantation along the road sides and in medians should help to control dust, fugitive emissions and noise from reaching the receptors.

Increased risk of water pollution from oil, grease and fuel spills, and other materials from vehicles using the road?

X

There is no increased risk of water pollution from small quantities of oil, grease and fuel spills and other materials from vehicles using the road. The accidental spills of oils, fuels and other hazardous chemicals from the vehicles using the road during operational phase will pollute nearby water courses of the area. Small quantities of oil and fuel get emulsified in large quantities of runoff and cannot be removed effectively by oil interceptors. Oil interceptors have been proposed for all the construction camps. Emergency Services will be engaged for the containment, cleanup and disposal of contamination release into the environment.

Social conflicts if workers from other regions or countries are hired?

X

Construction labourers shall be hired locally to avoid any sort of conflicts. If workers are hired from other regions, construction camps shall be located away from human habitations to avoid the social conflicts rising between locals and labourers.

Large population influx during project construction and operation that causes increased burden on social infrastructure and services (such as water supply and sanitation systems)?

X

All attempts shall be made to hire local construction labourers to avoid any sort of conflicts. If workers are hired from other regions, construction camps shall be located away from human habitations to avoid the increased burden on social infrastructure and services such as water supply and sanitation systems, etc.

Risks to community X Statutory rules such as Hazardous Waste (Management and

131

health and safety due to the transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation?

Handling) Rules, 1989 governing transport, storage and handling of hazardous chemicals shall be strictly adhered. Hazardous Waste Management and Disposal Plan shall be prepared to avoid risks associated with transport, storage, and use and/or disposal of materials such as explosives, fuel and other chemicals during construction and operation. Accident Safety and Hazardous Chemical Spill Management Plan including details of detours in case of emergency shall be prepared for an accidental release or spill of such chemicals. Training and awareness shall be given to transport crews and personnel handling such substances.

Community safety risks due to both accidental and natural causes, especially where the structural elements or components of the project are accessible to members of the affected community or where their failure could result in injury to the community throughout project construction, operation and decommissioning.

X

If the project activities pose potential safety risks to the members of the affected family by structural elements used in the project it shall be disclosed along with relevant project-related information to enable the affected communities to understand these risks and potential impacts, all efforts shall be made for prevention, mitigation including emergency response measures. Efforts shall also be made to design, construct, operate and decommission the structural elements of the project giving special consideration to potential exposure to natural hazards, especially where the structural elements are accessible to members of the affected community. All necessary measures for the safety of affected community and traffic during construction by providing, erecting and maintaining barricades, signboards, pavement markings, flags, lights and flagmen as proposed in the Traffic Control Plan and MoRTH specifications.

APPENDIXES TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPENDIX - 1: DISPOSAL SITE MANAGEMENT.............................................................. 1 APPENDIX – 2: RECHARGE PITS ..................................................................................... 4 APPENDIX – 3: TYPICAL SILT TRAP................................................................................. 6 APPENDIX - 4: SIGN/ INFORMATION BOARDS FOR TOURISM ENHANCEMENT: ........ 8 APPENDIX – 5: BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT RECYCLING ................................................. 9 APPENDIX – 6: NOISE BARRIERS .................................................................................. 12 APPENDIX - 7: SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR AIR, WATER, NOISE AND SOIL WITH

NATIONAL STANDARDS. ................................................................................................ 16 APPENDIX - 8: OIL INTERCEPTORS .............................................................................. 19 APPENDIX – 9: WORKERS SAFETY IN COMMON OPERATION AND DURING

CONSTRUCTIONS........................................................................................................... 20 APPENDIX - 10: TREE PLANTATION STRATEGY .......................................................... 28 APPENDIX – 11: ENHANCEMENT MEASURES.............................................................. 32 APPENDIX - 12: FORMATS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING ............................. 35 APPENDIX – 13: GUIDELINES FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF ROAD SECTION

THROUGH FOREST AREAS............................................................................................ 47 APPENDIX – 14: ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION ............. 50 APPENDIX – 15: GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION

WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN ........................................................................................ 55 APPENDIX – 16: ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY: ..... 56 APPENDIX – 17: BORROW AREAS MANAGEMENT ...................................................... 60 APPENDIX - 18: SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL ............................ 64 APPENDIX - 19: LOCATING QUARRIES, REHABILITATING QUARRIES AND

GUIDELINES FOR STONE CRUSHERS.......................................................................... 66 APPENDIX - 20: STORAGE, HANDLING, USE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR

HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS.............................................................................................. 69 APPENDIX – 21: SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP ........ 72 APPENDIX – 22: MATERIAL DATA SHEET – BITUMEN ................................................. 75

APPENDIX - 1: DISPOSAL SITE MANAGEMENT

SELECTION OF DISPOSAL SITES:

The locations of Disposal sites have to be selected such that:

No residential area are located downwind side of these locations,

Disposal sites are located at least 1000 m away from sensitive locations like Settlements, Water body notified forest areas, Sanctuaries or any other sensitive locations.

Disposal sites do not contaminate any water sources, rivers etc for this site should be located away from water body and disposal site should be lined properly to prevent infiltration of water.

Public perception about the location of debris disposal site has to be obtained before finalizing the location.

Permission from the Village/local community is to be obtained for the Disposal site selected.

Environment Engineer of CSC and Executive Engineer of Contract Management Unit must approve the Plan.

PRECAUTIONS TO BE ADOPTED DURING DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS / WASTE MATERIAL

The Contractor shall take the following precautions while disposing off the waste material

During the site clearance and disposal of debris, the Contractor will take full care to ensure that public or private properties are not affected, there is no dwellings below the dumpsite and that the traffic is not interrupted.

The Contractor will dispose off debris only to the identified places or at other places only with prior permission of Engineer-in-Charge of works.

In the event of any spoil or debris from the sites being deposited on any adjacent land, the Contractor will immediately remove all such spoil debris and restore the affected area to its original state to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge of works.

The Contractor will at all times ensure that the entire existing canal and drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any debris.

Contractor will utilize effective water sprays during the delivery and handling of materials when dust is likely to be created and to dampen stored materials during dry and windy weather.

Materials having the potential to produce dust will not the loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and will be covered with a tarpaulin in good condition.

Any diversion required for traffic during disposal of debris shall be provided with traffic control signals and barriers after the discussion with local people and with the permission of Engineer-in-Charge of works.

During the debris disposal, Contractor will take care of surrounding features and avoid any damage to it.

While disposing debris / waste material, the Contractor will take into account the wind direction and location of settlements to ensure against any dust problems.

GUIDELINES FOR REHABILITATION OF DISPOSAL SITES

The dumpsites filled only up to the ground level could be rehabilitated as per guidelines below and to be decided by the Engineer and the supervision consultant

2

The dumpsites have to be suitably rehabilitated by planting local species of shrubs and other plants. Local species of trees has also to be planted so that the landscape is coherent and is in harmony with its various components.

In cases where a dumpsite is near to the local village community settlements, it could be converted into a play field by spreading the dump material evenly on the ground. Such playground could be made coherent with the landscape by planting trees all along the periphery of the playground.

Some of the dumpsites could be used either for plantation or for growing agricultural produce such as ginger, turmeric or oranges etc.

Care should always be taken to maintain the hydrological flow in the area.

Identification of Disposal Areas: The Contractor should also try to make use of all disposal areas identified during the project preparation stage. If the road execution is approaching hilly area, rolling terrain, mountainous area or rocky area then importance should be given to screening i.e., to screen the debris into useful materials. Useful stones can be utilized as construction material and non-useful can be used as development of the public, social and cultural properties as already written above such as parking places, school playground, bus bays, ground near any temple and Mosque so that people participation can be assured in the implementation of the project. So it would be good if NGOs are introduced to perform this task more efficiently.

In order to maximize the profits or at least to reduce the expenditure, the contractor usually resorts to his own methods. In that process Contractor could find a more number of feasible areas.

Following are some of the borrow pits nearby Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli near Yediyur (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya subproject road, which can be used as disposal sites for unserviceable materials derived from the project.

Sl No


SUBPROJECT - 57A


10+500


14+600


20+800


33+900

SUBPROJECT – 57B


14+300


27+700

SUBPROJECT – 57C


2+800


18+800

3

Disposal methods and its limitations: There are several constraints in the disposal of materials in the identified locations. They are

Disposal areas are uneven and irregular in shape in the hilly terrain Most of the disposal areas would require construction of retaining walls Disposal areas would require compaction Disposal areas would require plantation No overloading and should be in small trucks or dumpers Need to transport safely with covered trucks using tarpaulin Consultation with all concerned Written permission form all concerned To transport through difficult haul roads- may require maintenance

Local community Groups

At each identified debris disposal locations, it is necessary to form local community groups. Entrust the duty of the supervision and all other assistance to dumping process. Ultimately the disposed area should be compacted using road rollers.

Information display boards

The capacity of the disposal locations, name of the location etc shall be written in an information board at each identified disposal locations.

Proposed design:

Contractor needs to plan the disposal in the following way

Identify the disposal area Need to photograph the present land use and condition of the area Consult with all stakeholders Get written agreement from all concerned Prepare a suitable design for the safe disposal Construct all required structures (e.g. retaining wall) Planting of fast growing popular trees on the outer potion of the retaining wall in the

form of a linear wall parallel to the retaining wall Compact of the materials after disposal Prepare a Contractors debris disposal plan with design drawings for each identified

area With regards to plan, there would be only one disposal plan with small changes for

each location. Contractors need to get approvals for specific design for each identified disposal area.

Penalties: Stringent action & penalties for dumping of materials in locations other than the pre-identified locations is to be worked out to avoid clandestine disposal in the midnight hours. There are several cases of dumping of material randomly in many locations.

4

APPENDIX – 2: RECHARGE PITS

TYPICAL DRAWING OF RECHARGE PIT

5

RECHARGE PITS – LOCATION Sl. No. Chainage LHS RHS

SUBPROJECT - 57A 1 0.700 Pond 2 3.620 Nala Nala 3 13.840 Canal Canal 4 16.350 - Ditch 5 22.900 Pond (small) - 6 25.000 - Lake 7 30.540 Nala Nala 8 33.600 Nala Nala 9 37.275 Pond (small) - 10 45.700 - Pond 11 47.940 Pond -

SUBPROJECT – 57B 1 5.940 - Pond 2 7.950 River River 3 11.010 Stream Stream 4 15.200 Stream Stream 5 17.900 Stream Stream 6 22.170 - Pond 7 26.200 Shimsha River Shimsha River

SUBPROJECT – 57C

1 1.900 - Pond

2 7.800 Lake -

3 8.800 - Pond 4 12.100 Lake - 5 14.400 Nala Nala

6 16.200 Lake -

7 21.600 Nala Nala 8 26.300 Nala Nala

9 29.700 Nala Nala 10 32.300 - Pond

6

APPENDIX – 3: TYPICAL SILT TRAP

Some of the locations for silt fencing on the proposed road are given in the following table. Silt fencing locations have been selected such that each recharge pit will have one silt fence to prevent silt from entering the nearest water bodies and also prevent choking of recharge pit by the silt coming from runoff water increasing the life of recharge pits. Silt fence are mounted in guiding drains at a distance of 3 to 5 M in the upstream direction depending on the gradient of the guiding drains. However location of silt traps will depend on contractor’s proposal for site facilities and work sites and should

7

be provided in the contractor’s proposals. This will be checked by Environmental engineer of the construction supervision consultancy and monitored by PIU. SILT FENCING – LOCATION:

Sl. No. Chainage LHS RHS SUBPROJECT - 57A

1 0.700 Pond 2 3.620 Nala Nala 3 13.840 Canal Canal 4 16.350 - Ditch 5 22.900 Pond (small) - 6 25.000 - Lake 7 30.540 Nala Nala 8 33.600 Nala Nala 9 37.275 Pond (small) - 10 45.700 - Pond 11 47.940 Pond -

SUBPROJECT – 57B 1 5.940 - Pond 2 7.950 River River 3 11.010 Stream Stream 4 15.200 Stream Stream 5 17.900 Stream Stream 6 22.170 - Pond 7 26.200 Shimsha River Shimsha River

SUBPROJECT – 57C 1 1.900 - Pond 2 7.800 Lake - 3 8.800 - Pond 4 12.100 Lake - 5 14.400 Nala Nala 6 16.200 Lake - 7 21.600 Nala Nala 8 26.300 Nala Nala 9 29.700 Nala Nala 10 32.300 - Pond

8

APPENDIX - 4: SIGN/ INFORMATION BOARDS FOR TOURISM ENHANCEMENT:

This relates to the information boards with regards to the Ecological, tourism and pilgrimage areas so that all these structures are properly integrated to the project roads. This will be a positive step towards tourism’s prospective of the state. Provision for minimum of four signboards has been made and included in the BoQ of Environmental Management Plan.

9

APPENDIX – 5: BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT RECYCLING

Introduction: The bituminous pavement rehabilitation alternatives are mainly overlaying, recycling and construction. In the recycling process the material from deteriorated pavement, known as reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP), is partially or fully reused in fresh construction. Some of the advantages associated with pavement recycling are

(i) Less user delay (ii) Conservation of energy (iii) Preservation of environment (iv) Reduced cost of construction (v) Conservation of aggregate and binder (vi) Preservation of existing pavement geometrics, etc.

It is also reported that recycled mix has higher resistance to shearing and scuffing, which in turn increase the rutting resistance. Chances of reflective cracking are found to be less with recycled mix.

The RAP is a deteriorated bituminous mix that contains aged bitumen and aggregates. Hence, its performance is poorer when compared to the fresh mix. The purpose of the bituminous recycling is to regain the properties of the RAP, such that it tends to perform as good as fresh mix. Thus, the process of bituminous recycling involves mixing of the RAP, fresh bitumen, rejuvenators and new aggregates in suitable proportions. Rejuvenators are low viscosity oily substance, which helps to bring down the high viscosity of aged bitumen. The present article intends to discuss briefly the various possible methods of bituminous pavement recycling.

RECYCLING METHODS: I. Based on the process adopted in recycling the bituminous mix, it can be broadly

classified as central plant recycling and in-situ recycling. If the RAP is modified at a plant, away from construction site then the process is known as central plant recycling. In-situ recycling process the RAP modified in place, where from it is available. Further, the RAP could be heated to condition it. If heat is applied then the process is known as hot mix recycling. In case of cold mix recycling, old materials are conditioned using recycling agent (like, low viscosity emulsion) without application of heat.

II. Another way of classification could be based on the depth of the old pavement removed. If the top layers of pavement fail, then the upper layers are removed and laid again. This process is known as surface recycling. However, if base failure occurs then the pavement layers up to base layer is removed and constructed again. This process is known as full depth reclamation.

III. The following paragraphs elaborate further the various recycling processes.

HOT IN-PLACE RECYCLING:

Initially the pavement intended to be recycled is heated to a higher temperature using suitable heating arrangement. This facilitates easier removal of materials. After heating, the pavement surface is scarified to the required depth. Further, depending on the requirement fresh aggregate and binder are added. The material is mixed well and compacted to the required thickness. As this process consumes less time, least disruption to traffic is caused. Also the transportation cost is less, as materials need not

10

be taken away. Machinery required for this purpose being bulky in nature, sufficient right-of-way is required. This becomes an important consideration for in-place recycling within the city areas.

COLD IN PLACE RECYCLING:

In cold in-place recycling process, first, the pavement is scarified with a scarifier. The scarified material is crushed to the required gradation. Then the required amount of fresh aggregates and binder in cold form (emulsion or cutback) is added. It is compacted and left for aeration. During this process additives like, cement, quick lime, fly ash may be used. The cold mix recycling takes care of local geometric correction, correction of pavement distresses like surface cracks. Being an in-situ process the hauling cost is considerably low. The air quality related problems during construction is almost negligible as compared to hot mix process. Similar to hot in place recycling process the machinery required being bulky, sufficient maneuvering space should be available for operating the equipment. Also, the lane needs to be closed for certain time so that sufficient time is available for curing of freshly laid course. Moisture content (when bitumen emulsion is used) needs to be given importance as it influences gradation control, mixing and workability of recycled mix to a large extent.

HOT CENTRAL PLANT RECYCLING:

In this process, RAP is combined with required quantity of bituminous binder, and fresh aggregates in a hot mix plant. The resultant mix is heated to an elevated temperature and mixed thoroughly. The hot mix is transported to paving site, placed, and compacted to the required compaction level. The main advantage of this process is that the mix properties and performance is comparable to that of virgin mix. It is noted that the quality control in this process is better when compared to hot in-place recycling. As RAP is susceptible to moisture, care needs to be taken while storing it. Less workspace is required for laying the recycled mix, hence this is suitable for the roads where the right-of-way is somewhat restricted. The RAP should not be exposed to extremely high temperature as it causes pollution due to smoke emission.

COLD CENTRAL PLANT RECYCLING:

This is the similar process as is the hot central plant mixing except it does not involve any heating and therefore emulsion bitumen is used binder in most of the cases. Precise control on the mixing time is important. Over-mixing may cause premature breaking of emulsified bitumen, under-mixing results in insufficient coating of aggregates.

Details of scarified bitumen generated from the proposed road project and the number of Bitumen Disposal Pits (of volume 547 Cu m) required for the disposal are given in the following table.

Link ID Quantity of Scarified

bitumen generated (Cum) Number of

Pits 57A 4,653 9 57B 3,203 6 57C 8560 16

11

FIGURE: TYPICAL BITUMEN DISPOSAL PIT

12

APPENDIX – 6: NOISE BARRIERS

1. Typical Design for Noise Barriers Mitigation at the sensitive receptor locations may include posting of signs prohibiting the use of horns and, to the extent possible planting of trees serve as green noise barriers. Effect of noise can be reduced considerably by the combined effect of sound insulating walls and green barriers. Nevertheless the green barriers require at least 2-5m additional space between the solid barrier and the receptor. Proposed project mitigation actions should be cost effective and implementable when compared to the generally recommended expensive double glazed windows.

2. Sound insulating walls for silence zones The design of these barriers is proposed with a brick wall to act as sound barrier. The Hospitals, Medical centre, Schools and other Educational institutions are affected by the traffic noise. A number of schools and a few hospitals are generally observed adjacent to the road corridor.

Location of the noise barriers

Sl. No.

Chainage Side Silent Receptors Length of

Noise Barriers (m)

Remarks

SUBPROJECT - 57A

1 1.720 LHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Gubbi, Amanikere.

25 Solid Noise Barrier

2 2.500 RHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Gubbi, Amanikere.


3 4.700 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School, G. Hosahalli


4 5.060 RHS Sri Veerabhadraeswara High School, G. Hosahalli


5 8.790 LHS Sri Ranganatha Rural High School, Surigenahalli


6 12.600 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School. K G Temple

0 (School is away from

the project road)

7 14.550 LHS Primary Health Centre, Chikka kunnala.


8 18.900 LHS Govt. Composite High School, Hindasageri.


9 20.850 RHS Govt. Urdu Lower Primary School, Chandra shekarapura.


10 28.160 LHS Govt. Composite High School, Kallahalli.


11 30.300 RHS Govt. Higher Primary School. Jannenahalli


the road)

12 32.900 RHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Nagegowdana palya


13 36.060 LHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Shettigondanahalli.


14 36.060 RHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Shettigondanahalli.


15 37.165 RHS Anganawadi Kedra, G. Dodderi. 25 Solid Noise Barrier

16 37.275 LHS Govt. Lower Primary School, G. Dodderi


the road)

17 42.640 LHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Kodipalya/Ammanahatti.


13

18 44.300 LHS Govt. Composite High School, Doddamadure.


19 45.200 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Doddamadure.


the road)

SUBPROJECT – 57B

1 4.350 LHS Annapoorna Lower Primary School, Mangalagrama Rehabilitation Village


2 5.300 RHS Siddartha Aided High School, Markonahalli.


the road)

3 6.150 LHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Thigalarapalya


4 8.700 LHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Hjanumapura.


5 11.900 RHS Sri Maruthi Vidya Samsthe, Amruthur


the road)

6 15.900 RHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Hosakere


the road)

7 19.950 RHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Sanabadakoppalu


the proposed realignment)

8 22.420 RHS Govt. Lower Primary School, Bynavaradakoppalu


the road)

9 24.450 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Hanchipura.


SUBPROJECT – 57C 1 0.900 LHS Primary Health Centre, Kowdley 20 Solid Noise Barrier

2 7.000 RHS Govt. Lower Primary School, D Malligere


3 8.200 LHS Govt. Composite High School, Hosagavi


4 12.700 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Chandagalu


5 13.100 RHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Challanayakanahalli


6 14.900 RHS Anganawadi 10 Solid Noise Barrier

7 15.100 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Hallegere

30 Vegetative Noise Barrier

8 16.600 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Chikkaballi


9 17.100 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Anesosalu


10 19.800 LHS Govt. Primary School, Kollundi 20 Solid Noise Barrier

11 20.200 LHS Govt. Higher Primary School, Ankammana Doddi


12 20.900 RHS Primary Health Centre, Keregodu 30 Solid Noise Barrier

13 27.000 LHS Primary Health Centre & Central Library, Hulivana


14 28.300 RHS Primary Health Centre, Honaganahalli


15 30.800 RHS Primary Health Centre, Sathanur 25 Solid Noise Barrier

16 32.000 RHS Govt. Composite High School, Chikka Mandya


Total length (m) 1,590 3. Green barriers for Silence zones

14

These are simply a thick layer of green plantation with small leaves acting as noise attenuates. These trees may be planted just inside and adjacent to the wall. Contractors will be responsible for the implementation of the civil work. Tree plantation will be carried out by the Forest department under the tree-planting scheme of the project. The implementation aspects are provided in the EMP. In addition to the noise mitigation, the thick green belt will act as an air quality filter for vehicular emissions. A typical green barrier of 100m lengths will have 200 trees in 4 rows.

Noise mitigation techniques will be employed as may be warranted at each of the sensitive receptor sites tabulated in the above table. Definitive noise levels will be empirically determined at each site and selection of the mitigation technique shall be made on a site- specific basis in consultation with property owners. Co-ordination and implementation will be the responsibility of the Environmental officer of the construction supervision consultants (CSC). Mitigation cost has been estimated as a part of the environmental costs of the project.

15

TYPICAL SOLID NOISE BARRIER:

16

APPENDIX - 7: SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR AIR, WATER, NOISE AND SOIL WITH NATIONAL STANDARDS.

1 Ambient Air Quality Standards (National)

Concentration in ambient air Pollutants

Time-WeightedAverage Industrial

Area Residential, Rural

& other Areas Sensitive

Area Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) Annual Avg. 80µg/m3 60µg/m3 15µg/m3 24 Hours** 120µg/m3 80µg/m3 30µg/m3 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) Annual* 80µg/m3 60µg/m3 15µg/m3 24 Hours** 120µg/m3 80µg/m3 30µg/m3 SPM Annual 360µg/m3 140µg/m3 70µg/m3 24 Hours** 500µg/m3 200µg/m3 100µg/m3 RPM (Size<10µm) Annual 120µg/m3 60µg/m3 50µg/m3 24 Hours** 150µg/m3 100µg/m3 75µg/m3 Lead (Pb) Annual 1µg/m3 0.75µg/m3 0.5µg/m3 24 Hours** 1.5µg/m3 1µg/m3 0.75µg/m3 Carbon Monoxide (CO) 8 Hours** 5mg/m3 2mg/m3 1mg/m3 1 Hour 10mg/m3 4mg/m3 2mg/m3 Source: Standards for liquid effluents, gaseous emissions, automobile exhaust, noise and Ambient Air Quality, Central Pollution Control Board,PCL/4/1995-96 * Annual Arithmetic Mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval ** 24 hourly/8 hourly values should be met 98% of the time in a year. However, 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.

2 Water quality Standards (IS 10500: 1991) Sl No

SUBSTANCE/ CHARACTERISTIC

DESIRABLE LIMIT

PERMISSIBLE LIMIT

REMARKS

1 COLOUR, HAZEN UNITS, MAX

5 25 Extended to 25 if toxic substance are not suspected in absence of alternate sources

2 ODOUR Unobjectionable

a) Test cold and when heated

b) Test at several dilution 3 TASTE Agreeable Test to be conducted only after

safety has been established 4 TURBIDITY N T U, Max 5 10 5 pH value 6.5 to 8.5 No

relaxation

6 TOTAL HARDNESS (as Ca CO3 mg/lit)

600 600

7 IRON (as Fe mg/lit, Max 0.3 1.0 8 CHLORIDES (as Cl mg/lit

Max 250 1000

9 RESIDUAL FREE CHLORINE, mg/lit Max

0.2 To be applicable only when water is chlorinated. Treated at consumer end. When protection against viral infection is required, it should be Min 0.5 mg/lit

10 DISSOLVED SOLIDS mg/l, Max

500 2000

11 CALCIUM (as Ca) mg/l, Max

75 200

12 COPPER (as Cu) mg/l, Max

0.05 1.5

13 MANGANESE (Mn) mg/l 0.1 0.3

17

Sl No

SUBSTANCE/ CHARACTERISTIC

DESIRABLE LIMIT

PERMISSIBLE LIMIT

REMARKS

Max 14 SULPHATE (As SO4), Max 200 400 May be extended up to 400

provided (as Mg) does not exceed 30

15 NITRATE (as No3) mg/l, Max

45 100

16 FLUORIDE (as F) mg/l, Max

1.0 1.5

17 PHENOLIC COMPOUNDS (as C6H6OH) mg/l Max

0.001 0.002

18 ARSENIC (as As mg/l 0.05 No relaxation

To be tested when pollution is suspected

19 LEAD (as Pb) mg/l 0.05 No relaxation

20 ANIONIC DETERGENTS (as MBAS) mg/l

0.2 1.0

21 CHROMIUM (as Cr) mg/l 0.05 1.0 To be tested when pollution is suspected

22 MINERAL OIL mg/l 0.01 0.03 23 ALKALINITY mg/l 200 600 24 TOTAL COLIFORM 95% of the sample should not contain coliform in 100 ml. 10

coliform /100 ml

3 National Ambient Noise Standards Limits in dB (A) Leq Area

Code Category of

Area Day Time Night Time A Industrial area 75 70 B Commercial area 65 55 C Residential area 55 45 D Silence area 50 40

Day time shall mean from 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM and Night shall mean from 10.00PM to 6.00 AM silence zone defined as area up to 100m around premises of hospitals, educational institutions and courts. Use of vehicles horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are banned in these zones.

The location for air, water, noise and soil quality monitoring stations have been selected depending on the impact of pollutants on sensitive pollutant receptors like major human settlements (having more than 1000 population), representativeness of the sample; baseline data monitored location, ecologically sensitive locations, etc, Number and frequency of samples to be monitored along the proposed project road are given in the following tables. Cost for monitoring has been estimated and included in the EMP BoQ.

Number & frequency of air and noise samples to be monitored:

Sl. No.

Locations Number of Air & Noise samples & frequency

SUBPROJECT – 57A 1 Gubbi 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 2 Hindisgere 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 3 Chandrashekarapura 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 4 Beeragonahalli 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 5 Constrn Camp 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs

SUBPROJECT – 57B 1 Amruthur 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 2 Yadavanne 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 3 Kowdley 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 4 Labour Camp 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs

18

5 Crusher unit 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs SUBPROJECT – 57C

1 Chikkaballi 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 2 Hulivana 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 3 Mandya 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 4 Batching plant 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs

TOTAL 84 samples

Number & frequency of water samples to be monitored:

Sl. No.

Chainage Side Water sampling

locations Number of Water

samples & frequency SUBPROJECT – 57A

1 0.700 LHS Pond 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 2 13.840 LHS/RHS Canal 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 3 25.000 RHS Lake 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 5 45.700 RHS Pond 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 4 As proposed Construction camp 3 samples/yr for 2 yrs

SUBPROJECT – 57B 1 7.950 LHS/RHS River 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 2 22.170 RHS Pond 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 3 26.170 LHS/RHS Shimsha River 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs

SUBPROJECT – 57C 1 1.900 RHS Pond 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 2 7.800 LHS Lake 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 3 16.200 LHS Lake 3 samples /yr for 2 yrs 5 As proposed Labour camp 3 samples/yr for 2 yrs

Total 66 Samples

Number & frequency of soil samples to be monitored:

Soil samples are collected at 10 km intervals along the proposed project road including one each at Construction camp /Crusher unit and Labour camp/Batching plant at a frequency of two samples per year (pre & post monsoon) for two years. Total number of soil samples for the road link is 48.

The total number of sampling locations/samples may change depending on the number of road links in a corridor/contract package and location of construction camp/work shop area, labour camp, batching plant and crusher units among the constituent links.

19

APPENDIX - 8: OIL INTERCEPTORS

Location of Oil Interceptors has been considered such that each construction camp having refueling stations, oil and lubricants storage places will have one oil interceptor to stop & separate the floating oils. However the number of interceptors shall be increased as the situation demands or during the accidental spillages with the consent of Environmental Engineer of Construction Supervision Consultants. Provision has been made to provide one oil interceptor for each construction campsite in the EMP BoQ.

OIL INTERCEPTOR

Appendix : 8

20

APPENDIX – 9: WORKERS SAFETY IN COMMON OPERATION AND DURING CONSTRUCTIONS

HOUSE KEEPING PRACTICES

1. Maintain washrooms and canteens clean 2. Keep all walkways clear and unobstructed at all times 3. Ensure that no spillages of oil and grease occurs in the construction camp 4. Stack raw materials and finished products clear of walkways or out of roads 5. Do not leave tools on the floor or in any location where they can be easily dislodged 6. Keep windows and light fittings clean 7. Maintain the workplace floors dry and in a non-slippery condition 8. Provide and maintain proper drainage system to prevent stagnant water. 9. Use metal bins for oily and greasy rags and store all flammable materials in appropriate

bins, racks or cabinets. Ensure that the meal bins for storing oily and grease rags should be covered with lids.

10. Ensure that protruding nails in boards or walls are removed or bent over so that they do not constitute an hazard to people

11. Make sure that hazardous/dangerous chemicals are kept in the stores with the appropriate labeling, display of the material-safety-data-sheet (MSDS) and other precautionary measures

12. Display ‘no smoking’ signs in areas with high fire risks such as paint stores, wood working areas, etc.

SAFE LAYOUT IN THE CONSTRUCTION PLANT, CAMP AND QUARRY AREAS

1) Arrange perimeter fencing for construction plant 2) Ensure good visibility and safe access at site entrances 3) Provide adequate warning signs at the entrance and exit and where ever necessary 4) Provide adequate space/area for loading, unloading and storage of materials, plant and

machinery 5) Display emergency procedure and statutory notices at conspicuous locations 6) Consider provision of welfare facilities required 7) Provide areas for dumping garbage and other waste materials, and also arrange their

regular clearance and safe disposal 8) Arrange storage, transport and use of fuel, other flammable materials and explosives in

lines with the license requirements to be obtained from appropriate authorities 9) Plan emergency assembly points, fire escape routes and location of fire-fighting

equipment 10) Provide access roads and plant movement areas within the site. 11) Ensure the availability of first aid facilities and display notices to show the location of

these facilities 12) Provide proper drainage and sewage facilities

TREE FELLING

Use hard hats during tree felling works Ensure that tools such as axes are in good condition Determine proper foot and body position while using the axe Wear appropriate foot protection while felling trees Carry a first aid kit to the site Determine possible hazards in the area, with reference to electrical or telephone or other

utility lines Determine the safest direction for the tree fall prior to felling Determine the proper hinge size before directing the tree fall.

NOISE HAZARDS AND ITS CONTROL

1) Observe the indications of noise levels

21

2) Use sound level meters to measure. If the sound level exceeds 85 dB(A), then preventive and protective measures should be taken

3) Make personnel aware of noisy areas by using suitable warning signs and insisting that ear protective devices should necessarily be worn.

4) Reduce noise at source by improved maintenance, replacing noisy machines, screening with noise absorbing material, making changes to the process/equipment, controlling machine speeds, ensuring that two noise-generating machines are not running at the same time, using cutting oils and hydraulic breakers.

5) Appoint a competent person to carryout a detailed noise assessment in the site, designate ear protection zone, and give instructions on the necessary precautionary measures to be observed by site personnel, including the use of suitable type of ear protections.

6) Wear and maintain ear muffs and ear plugs as required 7) In construction or repair works, noise should be kept to a low-level bearing in mind the

disturbance to local residents.

ROAD WORKS

1) The use of signage is most important to caution the road users of possible unsafe conditions due to the road works.

2) Use appropriate signage devices as required by the site conditions/situation. The devices include regulatory signs, delineators, barricades, cones, pavement markings, lanterns and traffic control lights.

3) While using signs, make sure that they are (i) simple, easy-to-understand and convey only one message, (ii) luminescent and with reflective properties and (iii) prominent and of appropriate size.

4) While using barricades, make sure that you keep traffic away form work areas and you guide the drivers to keep along a safe and alternative path.

5) Ensure that proper personal protective equipment (PPE) is provided to all the workers. 6) Cover existing road signs and install new ones at appropriate locations taking into

account the distances that would be required and reaction times. 7) Plan layout and traffic management so that hazards do not occur. 8) Deploy flagmen to control traffic at the work areas. The flag should be 600mm x 600mm

fastened to a 1m length staff. 9) Flagmen should wear reflective safety vests along with hard hats. 10) If required, use wireless devices for flagmen to co-ordinate form either ends of the road,

where works are being carried out.

ELECTRICAL HAZARDS IN CONSTRUCTION AREAS

1) Treat all wires as live wires 2) Never touch dangling wires but report them to the manager 3) Unless you are a qualified electrician do not attempt electrical repairs 4) Never use electrical equipments if your hands are wet or you are standing in water 5) If electrical equipment is sparking or smoking, turn the power off and report the condition

to the supervisor 6) Never use electrical wires having physical damage 7) Never allow equipment or traffic to run over the electrical wires.

USE AND STORAGE OF GAS/LPG

1) Store filled gas/LPG cylinder in an open area or outside the building 2) Transport, store, use and secure cylinders in upright position 3) Ensure proper ventilation at the ground level where the gas/LPG is in use 4) Avoid physical damage to the cylinder 5) Never weld or cut on or near the cylinder 6) Store empty cylinders secured and in upright position. 7) Make sure that the cylinder is closed immediately after use. 8) Investigate immediately if there is thea smell of LPG or gas.

22

9) Never use destenched gas/LPG on site. 10) Make sure that there is no fire in the vicinity of the cylinder.

OPERATION OF EXCAVATORS

1) Ensure that excavators are operated by authorized persons who have adequately trained.

2) Prevent unauthorized movement or use of excavators 3) Check regularly and maintain the machine thoroughly 4) Ensure that all relevant information, including those related to instruction, training,

supervision and safe system of work are provided to the operators. 5) Ensure that the operation and maintenance manuals, manufacturer’s specifications,

inspection and maintenance log books are provided for the use of machines to service engineers or other safety personnel during periodic maintenance, inspection and examination.

6) During tipping or running along the trenches, excavators must be provided with stop blocks.

7) Excavators must be rested on firm ground during operation. 8) Avoid operating the machine too close to an overhand, deep ditch or slope. 9) Locate and identify underground utility services by checking with all utility companies

before the excavations. 10) Ensure that all excavations are supervised by experienced and competent persons. 11) When reversing or in case the operator’s view is restricted, adequate supervision and

signaling should be provided. 12) Ensure that the type and capacity of the excavator are properly chosen for the intended

purposes and site conditions. Never use a machine for any purposes other than it is designed for.

13) Check and report for excessive wear and any breakage of the bucket, blade, edge, tooth and other working tools of the excavator.

14) Check that all linkages/hinges are properly lubricated and ensure that the linkage pins are secured. Never use the improper linkage pins.

15) Never get down or climb a moving machine 16) Ensure adequate ventilation and lighting in the working place. 17) Ensure that the protective front screen of the driving cabin is fixed in position during

excavations to avoid eye injury to the operator. 18) Ensure to switch-off the unattended vehicle.

OPERATION OF TRUCKS AND DUMPERS

1) Ensure that only trained, authorized and licensed drivers operate the vehicles. 2) Provide the help of another worker before reversing the vehicle. 3) Switch-off the engine of an unattended vehicle. 4) Lower the tipping bodies when the machine is unattended, but if it is necessary to leave

them in the raised position they should be blocked to prevent their fall. 5) Wear safety boots or shoes to avoid injuries during loading and unloading. 6) Carryout periodic servicing to the manufacturer’s requirements. All records of

maintenance and repairs should be in writing and kept in the site. 7) Keep the vehicle tidy and its cabin free from tools and materials which might obstruct the

controls. 8) Do not exceed speed limits. 9) No passenger should be carried on a dumper except the driver 10) Never drive the vehicle across a slope 11) Provide stop blocks when the vehicle is tipping into or running towards excavations 12) Do not overload the vehicle. 13) Carry only well secured loads. 14) Park only on level ground, in neutral with the parking brake applied. 15) Never climb or get down from a moving vehicle.

GAS WELDING

23

1) Use the following personal protective equipment during welding Face or hand shield fitted with filters, Goggles, particularly while chipping slag, Gloves long enough to protect wrists and forearms against heats, molten metal

and radiation, High-top boots to prevent sparks from burning foot.

2) Screen the work area with sturdy opaque or translucent materials as glare can cause eye injury.

3) Key for opening the acetylene cylinder valve must be kept ready while the cylinder is in use so that the cylinder valve may be immediately shut-off in an emergency.

4) Ventilate the workplace using air blowers and exhaust fans to remove poisonous fumes and gases that are being used during welding

5) Take precautions against flying spark and hot slag where welding is being done near flammable materials and check the area before leaving.

6) Do not weld the material degreased with solvents until it is completely dry. 7) Do not use gas cylinders for supporting work or as rollers. 8) Do not use oil/grease on oxygen cylinder fittings. 9) Do not use cylinders with damaged valves. 10) Do not use too much force if valves are stuck. 11) Replace valve caps after use 12) Search for leaks in equipment by using a solution of soap water. 13) Shut the cylinder valve if acetylene from a cylinder catches fire at the valve or regulator

due to leakage at a connection. 14) Treat all gas cylinders as “full” unless you are sure otherwise. 15) Never attempt to transfer acetylene from one cylinder to another or attempt to refill an

acetylene cylinder. 16) Keep portable fire extinguishers near the welding area 17) Secure all cylinders against accidental displacement. 18) Always lift gas cylinders. Do not slide them along the ground or drop them from trucks. 19) Keep gas cylinders in vertical position both in store and when it is in use. 20) Keep the work place dry, secure, free from combustible materials and obstruction. 21) Store the acetylene and oxygen cylinders separately and in a proper store. 22) Keep the gas cylinders away from source of heat, flammable materials, corrosive

chemicals and fumes.

MANUAL HANDLING AND LIFTING

1) Use mechanical equipment in place of manual handling as far as possible. 2) Assess the manpower required to handle or lift the load safely and arrange the

manpower accordingly. 3) While handling hazardous materials, the workers shall be informed of the hazards and

safety precautions. 4) All relevant persons shall be trained on proper methods of lifting and carrying. 5) Where team work is required, select the persons whose ages and physical builds are

compatible for teaming up. Coordinate the actions of the team members by giving necessary instructions.

6) Always lighten or suitably shape the load for manual handling. As far as possible keep a look for splinters, sharp edges, loose banding and nails.

7) Clear path or obstruction and tripping hazards. 8) Stack and secure goods safely on trucks, otherwise they fall off and injure passers-by. 9) Use personal protective equipment such as gloves, safety shoes, etc. 10) Adopt the following procedure when you lift a load.

Stand close to the object, have a firm footing with feet spread on either side of the road. Bend the knees and keep your back as straight as you can. Grasp object firmly & be sure grip will not slip Breathe in and throw the shoulder back wards. Straighten the legs, continuing to keep the back as straight as you can.

24

Hold the object firmly & close to the body Always lift smoothly, avoid jerky motions and turn with feet instead of twisting the back.

FIRST AID

1) Provide first aid boxes at every site. 2) Ensure that training on the use of first aid box is provided to a handful of staff working in

the site. 3) Display the list of persons who are trained on providing first aid. 4) Ensure that every first aid box is marked plainly “First Aid” in English and local language. 5) The responsible person or first aider should replenish the contents of the first aid box as

necessary.

PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

List of personal protective equipment (PPE) Sl. No. Part of the body Personal protective Equipment

1 Eye Safety glasses, Goggles 2 Face Face shields 3 Nose Nose masks 4 Head Helmets 5 Feet Safety shoes 6 Hands and Arms Gloves 7 Body Vests 8 Hearing Earplugs, Earmuffs

Cost of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE):

Cost of Personal Protective Equipment per person per project has been considered based on the assumption that one person/labour requires two set of PPE till the completion of the project. Cost per set of PPE is taken as Rs. 750 on an average for EMP BoQ estimate. So cost / person / project will be Rs. 1500.00

General:

1) Ensure that sufficient personal protective equipment are provided and that they are readily available for every person who may need to use them.

2) The management should ensure that all persons make full and proper use of the personal protective equipment provided.

3) Provide instruction and training on the proper use and care of protective equipment. 4) Do not willfully misuse, interfere with or ill-treat any protective clothing and equipment

provided. 5) Ensure that the personal protective equipments are in good condition. Report

immediately any damage to the management for replacement. Always keep the personal protective equipment as clean as possible.

Eye Protection

1) Issue eye protection equipment where there is a foreseeable risk of eye injury. 2) Ensure an adequate supply of goggles/shields is available. 3) Keep the goggles clean and make sure they fit well. 4) Do not watch welding operations unless your eyes are protected.

Head Protection

1) No person shall enter a construction site unless he is wearing a suitable safety helmet 2) Wear a safety helmet:

When there is the risk of being hit by falling objects While on or near a construction site During adverse weather conditions When in any area designated as a “hard hat” area.

3) Provide identification labels to all helmets in some way to prevent random exchange among wearers, with one helmet exclusive to each person.

25

4) Inspect helmets for cracks, sign of impact or rough treatment before each usage and replace defective or damaged helmets.

Hearing Protection

1) Provide ear plugs or ear muffs as required. Use re-usable ear plugs when the reduction required (15-25 dB (A) is not excessive. Use ear muffs where a large attenuation of up to 40 dB (A) is demanded.

2) Do not use dry cotton wool for hearing protection because it cannot provide protection. 3) Provide disposable ear plugs for infrequent visitors and ensure that they are never re-

used. 4) Provide re-usable ear plugs for those who need to work continuously for a long period in

a high noise area. 5) Use ear muffs with replaceable ear cushions because they deteriorate with age or may

be damaged in use. 6) Avoid wearing spectacles with ear muffs. 7) Use soap and water or the recommended solvent for cleaning ear muffs. 8) Provide ear muffs for those who may need to get in and out of a high noise area

frequently.

RESPITATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

1) Wear suitable respirable mask for protection against small particles entering the lungs, e.g. while emptying of cement bags.

2) Provide training to all persons using the respirators for their correct fitting, use, limitations and symptoms of exposure.

3) Clean and inspect all respirators before and after use. 4) Store respirators properly when it is not in use.

Safety Footwear

1) Wear suitable footwear while working. 2) Use safety footwear on site or in dangerous areas. 3) Wear suitable safety shoes or ankle boots when working where there is a high risk of foot

injuries from slippery or uneven ground, etc. 4) All Safety footwear including safety shoes, ankle boots and rubber boots should be fitted

with steel toecaps. 5) Avoid wearing flip flops, high heeled shoes, slippers, light sport shoes in situations where

there is a risk of foot injury. 6) Keep shoe lace knots tight.

Hand Protection

1) Wear suitable gloves for activities such as welding & cutting and manual handling of materials & equipment. 2) Do not wear gloves where there is a risk of them becoming entangled in moving parts of machinery. 3) Wash hands properly with disinfectant soap before eating & drinking. Wash hands immediately after each operation on site & when the situation warrants.

FIRE PREVENTION, FIGHTING AND EQUIPMENT

Before fire breaks out

1) Store flammable material in proper areas having adequate fire protection systems. 2) Display sufficient warning signs. 3) Train selected personnel to use these fire extinguishers. 4) Inspect fire extinguishers regularly and replace as necessary. 5) Fire escape route should be kept clear at all times and clearly indicated. 6) Know the escape route and assembly point. 7) Display escape route maps prominently at prominent places. 8) Carryout fire drill regularly. Designate fire Officers.

26

9) Install fire alarm wherever required and test regularly. 10) Provide sufficient exit signs at prominent locations for directing people to the escape

route.

When fire breaks out

1) Alert all persons. 2) Put off the fire with appropriate fire extinguishers when you are sure that you are safe to

do so. 3) Escape if you are in danger through the fire escape route to assembly point. 4) Fire officers should carryout head count at the assembly point.

GUIDELINES FOR WORKERS SAFETY DURING CONSTRUCTION Sl. no.

Stage and Nature of construction Hazard

Safety measures expected to be taken by the contractors and site Engineers

1 Excavation in soft, loose & slushy soil above 2m depths sliding of earth or collapsing of sides.

The Excavation beyond 1.5m to 2m to be done in steps of minimum 500mm offsets and also planking and strutting should be done.

2 Excavation in slippery area (water logged) -the labour may fall or machinery on site may slip.

Try to dewater the area and spread minimum 150mm thick sand layer to avoid slipping

3 Excavation in rock where chiseling involved – The fall of hammer may injure the hand, small rock pieces may injure the eyes and legs.

For hammer work, only experienced and skilled labour should be employed. Chisel should not be allowed to be held by hand, while hammering but chisel holding clamp should be provided. The labour should be provided with goggles and leg cover to protect eyes and legs, from injuries due to small rock pieces.

4 Excavation in Rock where blasting is involved – careless handling may lead to injury to worker or a passerby.

The work of blasting should be entrusted to only experienced persons. Provide sufficient length of fuse to give ample margin of time from the time of lighting to the time of explosion. A danger zone at least 180m diameter is to be flagged off 10 minutes before actual firing. All workmen should be sent way from danger zone except the firing man, who should be provided with a whistle.

5 Excavation for drain across road or manhole adjacent to a road – chances of a passer by falling into the excavated portion.

The area should be well barricaded & a red lamp provided at night. A watchman should be deputed to prevent any movement of persons or vehicles.

6 Centring and scaffolding – formwork collapse while concreting or just before concreting or just before concreting especially when wooden ballies are used.

Many a times ballies joined together give way due to weak joint. Hence the use of joined ballies should be restricted. Only 2 joined ballies out of 8 ballies should be allowed. Incase of double staging for a slab at a height, utmost care should be taken to see that the top balli rests on the bottom balli. Particular care that should be taken during each concreting, operating of slabs and beams is that one carpenter and two helpers with spare ballies, nails etc. should be deputed below the slab/beam that is being concreted to watch any disturbance in the supports of the form-work below, during concreting and in case of any doubt concreting should be stopped immediately and the form work to be strengthened. Never allow bricks below a balli to make up the required height. This is most dangerous.

7 Form- work for beams and slabs – In fact, this is a most dangerous work. One should

27

Sl. no.



opening the form – work accident due to fall of materials during removing the forms.

be very careful while formwork is removed. Only trained carpenters should be deputed for the work. A safe resting place outside the area of slab as a temporary measure should be constructed from where the slab can be removed safely. Removal of form-work during night should not be permitted under any circumstances.

8 Scaffolding – Fall of work–man, supervision staff, standing on challis not tied properly or toed only at one end. (Challis mainly made of Bamboos)

This is a very common negligence on the part of labour who do scaffolding work. The Challis on which they work either span over its complete length or is tied loosely and many a times at one end only. Hence, care must be taken that the challis do not span over the full length but some middle support should be provided and also the same is tied properly on both ends.

9 Ladders - Balli or bamboo ladders – The horizontal member breaks and the person falls. Some times the top face just rests on wall and the whole ladder tilts causing an accident.

The ladders should be strong enough to bear the weight of a labour with materials on head. As for as possible a hand rail should be provided at one end. The horizontal member should be preferably fixed with bolt & nuts or strong nails. When the ladder is placed across a wall the top portion should be tied firmly to a strong support so that the ladder does not move laterally.

10 Dismantling – Dismantled materials may fall on passer by or the person engaged in dismantling work may fall due to slipping. The dismantled materials may fall on persons working below.

When work of demolition is to be taken up the area should be closed for all outsiders. No one should be allowed up to 50m from the place of demolition. The workers engaged in demolition should be asked to wear safety belts. Helmets must be worn by all the workers engaged in dismantling work. The place should be strictly guarded at night with red lights at prominent places, and watchman should be posted.

11 Electrical connections/ cables etc., - HT / LT electric wire passing near the slab structure – while bending, lifting or tying reinforcements the bar benders may sustain the electric shock, causing fatal injury.

The work in such places should not be allowed to the workers themselves, but in such position the work must be executed under the strict supervision of a responsible Foreman or a Supervisor.

12 Electric- connections/cables, etc., - cables below ground may get punctured during excavation & thus electrocute the labour working. Similarly when connecting is in progress the punctured cable may prone to be fatal to the labour.

Before taking up the work all available drawings should be studied, local enquiry to be made to know the position of cables and work in such area should be got executed under strict supervision of an experienced Foreman or a supervisor.

13 Electric connections/cables etc.,- Temporary Electric lines near damp walls, near joinery stretched on a considerable length – There is every chance that the wire may get cut due to usage and may develop short circuits/leakages etc., and may electrocute the person touching the wire accidentally.

The Electric wires should be maintained by an electrician who should regularly check up the insulation of wires especially placed near steel items & damp areas. The temporary wiring should be supported properly. As far as possible a good quality wire should be used which may not get damaged easily.

14 Electric and gas welding work – Drilling, polishing work – Done by temporary cables used on a number of works – Due to the fact that the wires are old & when they come in contact with water

All wiring works to be inspected by experienced electrician. All wires to be properly insulated and fixed at height on temporary poles. No welding work should be permitted near damp area. The welders to be provided with welder’s goggles &

28

Sl. no.



even in the process of curing the surrounding area may get affected due to leakage in the electric current thus causing damage to the workers & supervision staff.

gloves. As far as possible machine in good condition should be used.

15 Construction machinery – Concrete mixers – Safety precautions. A mixer with hopper tried to be operated by an helper could not release brake in time thus causing injury to the person near hopper – some times fatal one.

The Mixers with hopper should be operated by an experienced mixer operator and such mixers should not be allowed to be handled by a helper or a labour.

16 Water storage Tank for general use & curing - chances of children of workers falling in the tank with fatal accident.

The water tanks constructed on site should be protected by at least 1.0m high walls on four sides, so that the children do not fall.

17 Site cleaning – Cleaning top floors of buildings – Upper portion of any structure – throwing waste materials broken concrete pieces, brick bats, sand etc., straightway fro top to ground injuring person below or even a passerby.

This dangerous practice should not be allowed at all. The materials should be brought to the ground with the help of lift or the use of rope over pulley with a bucket, thus bringing down materials safely.

18 Bar bending work – Helpers of bar benders to follow short cut method, throw surplus steel pieces from top floors to ground and may cause fatal injuries.

This is a very bad practice. The helpers should bring the rods to ground with help of lift or rope & pulley.

APPENDIX - 10: TREE PLANTATION STRATEGY

1. Introduction This is the most common impact of any road-widening project. If the location of the project road is in dry areas, the degree of impact is more than in a wet area where the trees can be planted and grown easily. In the case of Karnataka considerably less vegetation exists in the Project Implementation Area.

The scopes for tree planting along roads sides is good and also there are many isolated patches of unutilized land along the project road. A typical plantation scheme proposed for two lane road in plains with shoulders at the rate of 200 plants per km length.

Avenue Plantation:

It is proposed to plant 100 trees per kilometer on each side of the trees. The number of trees proposed to be planted (Avenue plantation) along the road length on both sides of the road is given as follows.

Cor. ID Description of corridor Length (km) No of Avenue trees

57 Gubbi – Chandrashekarapura – Beeragonahalli (NH-13) – Kowdley - Mandya

108.62 21,724

Median Plantation:

No median plantation is suggested as there is no proposed cross section having median.

2. Purpose of tree plantation

29

The objectives of planting trees and shrubs at selected enhancement sites against the felled trees are as follows.

To reduce the impacts of air and dust pollution and act as a natural filter to traffic emissions

To provide shade for the traffic as well as the pedestrians To reduce the impact of vehicular noise caused by vehicles To arrest soil erosion on slopes Beautification of sites by planting selective ornamental shrubs, landscaping and

turfing with grasses. Planting trees on the roadsides is to produce a softer greener landscape. To act as a natural filter to the traffic emissions

3. Impacted Trees 3.1 Public owned trees

These are trees within the legal ROW of project road within the control of PWD.

All these trees with in the forest reserves are also termed as public trees. However the procedure for cutting of these trees is different from the normal trees within the PWD ROW.

3.2 Private owned trees The number of private owned trees to be acquired outside the right of way will be high compared to the public trees within the right of way. The private trees that will be affected during widening and improvement will be subjected to compensation at the appropriate market rates. In addition to this the project will plant two trees for every tree removed as a compensatory tree planting measure irrespective of the size, species etc.

Number of impacted trees due to proposed road:

Link ID

Link description Girth (30cm –60 cm)

Girth (>60cm - 90cm)

Girth (>90cm - 180cm)

Girth (>180cm)

Total

57A Gubbi – Beeragonahalli 838 44 36 35 953


954 279 149 72 1,454

57C Kowdley - Mandya 630 80 66 109 885Total trees impacted 3,292

Total numbers of impacted trees along the project road are 3,292 nos. Therefore at least minimum of 6,584 no. of trees shall be require to be planted under compensatory tree planting as per the Forest Conservation Act, 1980.

4. Selection of trees species The selection of the plants for greenery development is to be made as per the following criteria;

Plants should be fast growing & have dense canopy cover

Preferably Dry deciduous with large leaf area index

Indigenous species

Species resistant to air pollutants and

30

Should help to maintain the ecological and hydrological balance of the region

The plant species that are selected based on the climatic condition, soil characteristics and conditions of the area. The row closest to the main carriage way will be of shade plants. Similarly, subsequent rows will comprise of ornamental and flowering species. Mainly native deciduous species, which retain their foliage longest, with high crown forms, resistant to fungus and insects with rapid growth rate are selected for avenues. Lists of the species recommended as shade plants and most recommended trees for planting along the roadsides are provided in the following table.

Table: Trees recommended for planting

Sl. No.

Main Species

1 Banyan 2 Pipal 3 Arjun 4 Mango 5 Jamun 6 Tamarind 7 Jakranda 8 Neem 9 Kheia 10 Peakcock tree 11 Gulmour 12 Jack Fruit

5. Compensatory Tree plantation programme All trees are cut and removed will be accountable as per the Forest laws and efforts will be maintained to plant minimum of two times the number of trees cut according to this tree plantation strategy.

Indigenous species of trees recommended above are most suited for the tree plantations. In order to make it tourist friendly and beautiful same types of trees would be planted in the same location so that for every Kilometer the trees would change to new species.

6. Tree planting during construction

6.1 Tree planting along the roadsides

Tree plantation will be the responsibility of the Forest department. Necessary budget has been allocated in the EMP.

6.2 Tree planting along Oxbow lands In some areas, the improvement of roads will result in the formation of ‘oxbow lands’ all along the roads due to suitable curve improvements and realignments. The oxbow lands are the existing roads where the road realignments are proposed. This is similar to the Oxbow Lakes formed during the evolution of rivers hence the name for easier identification for environmental management. The importance of the proper management of these oxbow lands is there for an unavoidable outcome of the project. Tree planting all along these oxbow lands could be very useful for the environmental enhancement of the region. This will help positively for tourism industry. The oxbow lands along the corridors are available as described in the Environmental management plan for individual corridors.

7 Protection Measures The protection measures are as follows.

31

7.1 Barbed wire Fencing Barbed wire fencing around the plantation area will be provided to protect the plants. Iron Angles will be fixed at a spacing of 5m with 3-stand stretched barbed wire.

7.2 Precautionary Measures Plantation will be made in the monsoon months (July-August)

The height of the plants should not be less than 30 cm and should be supplied in polythene bags which are not to be removed until the moment of planting

All plants supplied must be planted within three days of removal from the nursery

Arrangements must be made to water in case of insufficient rains after planting

Provide compost/manure suggested quantity for each pit before plantation

7.2.1 Shrubs Prior to planting it is suggested to remove all loose debris, fill up with good soil and level the area. To ensure better growth and survival of grasses and shrubs, the surface should have sufficient layer of good quality soil (up to 45 cm). Shrubs which are suggested for the roadside and open area spaces where available should be selected from the following and agreed with the Environmental Specialist of the construction supervision consultants.

Shrubs: 1 Bougainville 2 Nerium odorum ait 3 Carissa spinarum 4 Capparis decidua 5 Capparis zeylanica 6 Zizyphus nummularia 7 Artemisia species 8 Xanthium strumarium 9 Cassia tora 10 Capsicum fruitescens 11 Tabernaemontana coronaria 12 Achyranthes aspera

The contractor will be responsible for planting of shrubs at enhancement sites and along bridge approaches during construction phase.

7.2.2 Turfing with grasses The contractor will be responsible for turfing at enhancement sites and along bridge approaches during construction phase.

The cost for the turfing along the bridge approaches and high embankments are part of the civil construction contract.

Grass lines are used to provide a strong surface cover at the slope but it also needs a well –prepared surface. If grass is to be effective, then it must be allowed to establish property on a slope, which is not subject to undue stress from erosion and mass movement in its stages. To ensure this the following measures are suggested for the grass turfing.

A cover of 25 grams of grass seeds per Sq. m of surface will be prepared.

Bed will be prepared in June. The seed sowing must be carried out before the onset of monsoon so that they yield desired results. Till the onset of the monsoon, watering of the surface to be done by tankers with controlled flow sprinklers.

After sowing, mulch of prepared and dried out herbs will be laid over the whole seeded area in a thin layer so that the direct sunlight and transpiration loss may not affect the grasses

32

The grass species recommended for median are khabbal, Dhaula, Palwan, Sariala and Kahi.

Contractor will ensure that the condition of the site is good enough for the successful establishment of grasses and quality of grass seeds used.

8 Tree plantation costs The plantation cost has been included in the bill of quantity (BOQ) under the non-civil contracts and provided in section EMP BoQ

A tree- planting strategy is being developed which will meet all compensatory tree planting that will be cut during the improvement of the roads including private trees. The cost provisions have been included in the EMP BOQ.

9 Maintenance of trees planted The trees planted once will be maintained at least for a period of six years.

A programme of compensatory afforestation has been proposed, not only to replace the trees, which are cut to accommodate road widening and improvements in geometric design, but also to upgrade the condition of adjacent areas. Trees will be replanted at a rate of two for each one removed depending upon the location.

Tree felling in other sites such as borrow areas – shall be accommodated by the contractor in the borrow area management plan.

APPENDIX – 11: ENHANCEMENT MEASURES

Enhance measures include

Plantation of trees along the length of the proposed roads wherever enough space available within RoW.

Enhancement by tree planting along the oxbow land and the other left over portions of the original PWD land.

Cultural property enhancement as a part of the cultural property rehabilitation plan.

Public amenities such as bus lay byes (new), rain shelters (in addition to the compensatory rain shelters for the impacted ones), comfort stations (toilets) and parking areas.

33

To improve the water table in this region recharge pits are constructed wherever feasible along the project road.

Median plantation in urban location.

Pond and catchment area improvements to protect ground water and harvest rain water

Information boards for the tourists, pilgrimage and other important structures of importance.

1.1 List of Enhancement sites

a) Archaeological sites

None identified along this road.

b) Valley view location

None identified along this project road.

c) Proposed Bus bays & Parking areas

Bus bays & Parking areas proposed in the project roads are given in Chapter-2 Project Description of EIA Report.

d) Pond enhancement

There are many ponds canals, streams and two rivers along the project road. The river Shimsha is in the impact zone of subproject road. Recharge pits and silt fences have been proposed to enhance ground water and conserve water bodies. Lake at chainage 25.000 km (57A) has been selected for enhancement . The typical pond/water body enhancement drawing is given below

e) Oxbow land and other left over land

There are oxbow land spaces at realignment locations along the proposed road and where ever width of CoI is less than width of the RoW, the space available along the sides of the project road can be utilized for tree plantation. Provision for enhancement of 1 hectare land available within RoW or free spaces available has been made in the EMP BoQ.

34

TYPICAL DRAWING FOR POND ENHANCEMENT

35

APPENDIX - 12: FORMATS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

EMS 1: Construction camp/ plant site management plan

Sl. No.

Description Compliance

1 Name of the location 2 Nearest road chainage 3 Name of the owner 4 Area involved 5 Arrangements with the owner (agreement with land owner, including the

restoration aspects, should be attached as an Annexure)

6 Existing land use 7 Photographs depicting the present condition of the construction camp

and access road

8 Land use of the area surrounding the borrow area including a map 9 Site layout plan of the construction camp 10 Establishment and maintenance of demarcated and labeled different

areas within the camp

11 Number of trees to be removed, if any, along with compensation measures

12 Proposed top soil management 13 Activities planned in the construction camp 14 Machinery & equipment to be used on site 15 Labour camp facilities onsite 16 Health facilities 17 Site drainage provisions 18 Copy of the consents to establish and operate should be attached as an

Annexure

19 Conditions laid down in the clearance/ licenses and plans 20 Staff strength and details such as contractor staff v/s sub contractors,

women labour, migrant v/s local labour and skilled& unskilled labour

21 Access road condition and proposed maintenance 22 Safety provision such as fire protection equipment and personal

protective measure.

23 Closure/ completion plan Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

36

EMS 1A: Closure plan construction camp and/plant site

Sl. no. Description Compliance 1 Name/ Identity of location 2 Distance from the project road and site 3 Name of the owner 4 Details of the land

i) Survey number ii) Boundaries iii) Other Revenue details

5 Details of settlements, sensitive areas, water bodies, wells and bore wells with in 500m i) Population in numbers ii) Name of the village iii) Distance from the construction camp iv) Details of water bodies/ sensitive areas/wells/bore wells

6 Physical details i) Number of labour stationed ii) Number of dwellings constructed iii) Number of toilets provided iv) Were dwellings demolished and cleared v) Was the waste water treatment facilities demolished and cleaned vi) Was the solid waste generated cleared and disposed of properly; if yes specify the location and quantity. vii) Whether any soil was contaminated with oils and waste oils was cleared and disposed safely, if yes specify the location and quantity. viii) Was scrap generated while the construction removed, if yes specify the details such as where, when, to whom and quantity

7 Land use before establishment proposed user after completion of works

Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

37

EMS 2: Borrow Area Management plan

Sl. No. Description Compliance 1 Name / Identity of location 2 Nearest project road chainage 3 Name of the owner 4 Area involved /capacity/ quantity 5 Type of material proposed to be taken 6 Arrangement with the owner including restoration aspect 7 Existing land use 8 Land use of the area surrounding the proposed area 9 A map of the area 10 Number of trees to be removed, if any along with the compensation

measure

11 Top soil management if required 12 Access road condition and proposed maintenance 13 Photograph depicting the present condition of the proposed area and

access

14 Closure/Completion plan EMS 2A Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

38

EMS 2A: Closure plan for borrow area

Sl. No. Description Compliance 1 Name / Identity of location 2 Nearest project chainage, distance from the project road and side 3 Name of the owner 4 Details of the land

i) Survey number ii) Boundaries iii) Other Revenue details

5 Details of settlements, sensitive areas, water bodies within 500m i) Population in numbers ii) Name of the village iii) Distance from the borrow area iv) Details of water bodies/ sensitive areas/wells/bore wells

6 Physical details Length and width in meters Depth excavated in meters, Quantity excavated in Cum. Type of materials excavated

7 Land use before opening, proposed use, before opening details of surroundings

8 Drawing showing the dimension of the borrow areas, access roads and features of surrounding

Appendix -1

9 Number of trees removed (girth>300mm) if any along with the compensation measure

10 Details of top soil Quantity excavated in Cum Where was it used 11 Initial access road condition and final access road condition 12 Photographs depicting the original condition, during the operation, top

soil management, and after closure Appendix -2

13 Copy of the agreement with the Owner, Details of the agreed redevelopment if any

Appendix -3

14 Land use after rehabilitation, Details should be submitted if the final land use changed from the original land use

15 Satisfaction certificate from the owner Appendix -4 16 Details of the practical problems faced and solutions adopted, if any

during the operation phase


39

EMS 3: Construction camp / Plant and Environmental Management Status Sl.

No. 1.2 Issue Camp -1 Camp - 2 1 Drainage system

1.Closed Drainage

2 Disposal of waste water i. Kitchen waste water ii. Waste water from water closets iii. Wastewater from bathrooms iv. Wastewater from the vehicular washings.

3 Collection and Disposal of solid waste i. Waste from the office ii. waste from the Kitchen iii. waste from sweeping

4 Drinking water facility Source with quantity No of bore wells with capacity Location of the well and bore well Any treatment facility, No of overhead tanks, Test results of the Drinking water Any license obtained

5 First Aid Facility 6 Roads in camp Site

Type of Road Dust suppression practicing or not, if roads are not tarred, condition of the road.

7 Fuel storage i. Impervious Base ii. spills and wastewater will be collected in a sump iii. Number of drums where wastes are collected. iv. Number of drums disposed

8 Garbage & night soil i. Provision of garbage ii. Separation of polythene materials iii. Records of solid waste removal from septic tanks


40

EMS 4: Soil Management

Sl. No.

1.3 Chainage in km

Quantity in Cum

Whether preserved in accordance with specifications

Remarks

Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD) EMS 5: Construction plants and pollution control

Sl. No.

Construction plant

1.4 Locations

Capacity Description of pollution control

system / Equipment Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD)

41

EMS 6: Machinery / Vehicles and pollution Control

Sl. No.

Machinery/ Vehicles with

capacity

Diesel consumed per month

Engine oil consumed per month

PUC certificate, Number and

Validity

Machinery new/old

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD) EMS 7: Details of the DG sets with the pollution control equipment

Sl. no. Capacity in

KVA Vertical stack if provided

height (in m) Noise control

system Remarks

Camp -I Camp - II Crusher -I Plant Site - I Construction works


42

EMS 8: Details of oil storage

Sl. No.

Type of Product

Location Number

of Barrels

Capacity of barrels in

Liters

Increase / Decease in

Storage

Stored on impervious

base (Yes/No) Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD) EMS 9: Working at water course and pollution control measures

Sl.No. Location Type Stream/canal Diversion Silt Fencing Remarks


43

EMS 10: Details of the ground water Extraction Quantity of water drawn in Kilo

Liters Ground Water

Dept. permission Type of source Sl.

no. Location

Capacity of Motor Installed

in HP During the

month Up to end of last month

Total

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD) EMS 11: Personal protective Equipments

Sl. No.

Details of Equipment

Total Numbers procured

Distributed in No.

Available in store in No.

Remarks

1 Helmets 2 Safety shoe 3 Ear plugs 4 Nose masks 5 Hand Gloves 6 Goggles 7 Safety Belts 8 Reflective jackets 9 Gum boots


44

EMS 12: Status of consents and permissions Plant Consent Number / Status Validity Date Remarks Hot Mix Plants Crusher Batching plant WMM Plant Crusher at Dalla Diesel pump – I Labour license

Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD) EMS 13: Deviations with corrective actions

Sl.No. Deviation Corrective Actions Schedule


45

EMS 14: Details of tree and shrubs plantation Planted Trees/ Shrubs (in No.)

Sl. No.

Location/ Chainage in km

Trees Shrubs

Survival rate in % 1.5 Remarks

Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD) EMS 15: Plantation of Grass

Sl. No.

Location / Chainage Area of grass

planted Survival at 6 months

interval Remarks

Submitted Checked Approved Signature ………… Signature ………… Signature ………… Name ………….. Name ………….. Name ………….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Designation …….. Contractor Environmental Engineer (CSC) Executive Engineer (PWD) EMS 16: Implementation of Enhancement Measures

Progress of completion

Sl. no. Type of

Enhancement Side of the Road

(RHS/LHS) Target date Actual

completion date

Reasons of delay if

any


46

EMS 17: Identification of disposal site locations (To be filled by the contractor) Name of Contractor: Link No: (Give chainages and nearest settlements from both ends)

Sl. No.

Criteria on which information for each site is to be collected

Site 1 Site 2 Site 3 Site 4

1 Existing Land use 2 Area covered (Sq. m) 3 Total Material that can be dumped within

the site (Cum)

4 Depth to which dumping is feasible (m) 5 Distance of nearest water course (m) 6 Nearest settlement (m) 7 Date/s of community consultation/s 8 Whether the community is agreeable to

siting of dumping site (Y/N)

9 Date of Permission from Village / Local community

10 Proposed future use of the site 11 Selected Site (tick any one column only)

Enclosures (Tick as appropriate) 1. Map of each location 2. Photographs a. Each disposal location b. Each community consultation 3. Photo copy of Agreement


47

APPENDIX – 13: GUIDELINES FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF ROAD SECTION THROUGH FOREST AREAS

1. Introduction

A Management plan for the impacted or adjacent forest area is required for mitigation and enhancement measures during construction and operational phases of the project road. This will not allow any room for neglecting /avoiding of the implementable measures. This will also define responsibilities of various institutions in this regard. This requirement is the basis of the preparation of this document. The document addresses the issues relating to the forest areas in the PIAs as well as immediately adjacent to the project road. The mitigation measures are to be addressed during the design, construction and operational phases of the project.

Incorporation of effective mitigation measures is therefore necessary and important. This will be based on the recommendations of the biodiversity studies.

2. Status of the work relating to the up-gradation

The actual construction work cannot be started until all environmental clearances are obtained. The environmental clearance also includes forest clearance basically for the required land from forest reserves. Application for both clearances has to be routed through two different agencies viz., PCB and State Forest Department.

3. Reserved forest along proposed roads

There are some reserved forest stretches along the project road. Details of forest stretch along the proposed roads are shown in the following table. Detailed survey is under progress for land acquisition details for these stretches.

Link ID

Link Description

Forested Sections Remarks


18th and 24th km on both sides Nagegowdanapalya Reserved Forest


7th to 8th km on LHS -

4. Forestland acquisition & Forest clearance process

Prior to the preparation of the application, a joint site verification exercise was carried out with forest officials and the PWD local engineers. Specific details of this investigation are available.

An application is to be prepared in the prescribed application form and submitted to the relevant DCFs in consultation with the Nodal officer of Forest Department at Head quarters at Bangalore. This application will be verified by the respective DCFs.

5. Impact mitigation and Enhancement measures

This includes the legal requirement according to the (1) GoI Forest laws and (2) the requirement according to the other laws.

6. Compensatory Afforestation Programme

Compensatory afforestation will be carried out for land to be acquired against the loss of trees from the area to be acquired for road project. According to the affforestation programme PWD shall plant an area double to that of the land area to be acquired. This amount will be deposited with forest Department.

48

In addition, a number of impact mitigation and enhancement measures are required for the Forest area that will be impacted. The Forest reserves adjacent to the project road do have high faunal value.

1) Considering this aspect, the project will not provide demarcation of the forest boundary with the Project road, as it will be a barrier for the wildlife movement.

2) PWD is committed to compensate plant trees according to the compensatory afforestation programme required according to the Forest conservation Act 1980

3) Further, contractors have to set-up construction camps and plants (Hot mix, WMM plant etc) at least 5 Km away from the forest boundary. In this regard;

Adequate training will be provided to contractors The labour force will not allowed to enter forest reserves for the purpose of hunting,

fuel wood collection, nuts and fruits collection etc.,] The debris and waste materials shall not be dumped inside / immediately outside

forest areas and other water sources. Debris shall be disposed off according to the contractors debris disposal plan The source of construction water shall not be from the forest areas or immediately

adjacent (within 2 km) to the forest areas. The construction work within the forest stretches should adhere to all international

environmental standards as laid out by the environmental management plan under the GoI/GoK/WB rules, regulation and policies.

During construction, the following measures will be taken in to consideration for effective implementation

No construction camps or other polluting plants within 5 Km of the forest reserves. No blasting shall be allowed during nighttime. Blasting should be silent blasting along the forest reserves. Blasting shall be confined to a particular time only. Best time would be 2-3 pm in

daytime. Hunting is strictly prohibited. No cutting of trees from the forest reserves for any purpose relating to the

construction work nor shall the people associated with the project construction should enter the forest reserves other than any legal requirements.

Contractor should erect appropriate signboards during construction. After construction, the CSC/PWD should advice the locations for erecting the

signboards including advance signboards notifying the forest reserves. Immediately after construction fencing should be carried out parallel to the Forest

reserves. Any sign/indication of forest fire will be immediately notified to all considered

agencies Immediately after construction, the contractors shall erect signboards and information boards close to the forest boundaries according to the Environmental Management plan (EMP) prepared.

During operational period erection of sign/ information boards will be required. With regards to institutional responsibilities the PWD and Forest Department need to coordinate the various requirements.

PWD– Maintenance of the road furniture, signboards, information boards State Forest Department – to coordinate with the PWD for various roadside

arrangements change in the status of the forest To facilitate Contractor do his job of construction

NGO Participation

49

Participation of NGO may be useful for the smooth implementation of the project.

50

APPENDIX – 14: ARRANGEMENT FOR TRAFFIC DURING CONSTRUCTION

The Contractor shall at all times carry out work on the road in manner creating least interference to the flow of traffic with the satisfactory execution. For all works involving improvements to the existing state highway, the Contractor shall, in accordance with the directives of the CSC, provide and maintain, during execution of the work, a passage for traffic either along a part of the existing carriageway under improvement, or along a temporary diversion constructed close to the state highway. The Contractor shall take prior approval of the CSC regarding traffic arrangements during construction. 1. TRAFFIC SAFETY AND CONTROL

(i) Where subject to the approval of the Engineer the execution of the works requires temporary closure of road traffic use, the Contractor shall provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions. The diversions shall generally consist of 200 mm thickness of gravel 4.5 meters wide laid directly upon natural ground and where any additional earthworks are required for this purpose that will be provided under the appropriate payment items.

(ii) Where the execution of the works requires single-lane operation on public road, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic control signals to the approval of the Engineer.

(iii) With the exception of temporary traffic arrangements or diversions required within the first 4 weeks of the Contract, the Contractor shall submit details of his proposals to the Engineer for approval no less than 4 weeks prior to the temporary arrangement or diversion being required. Details of temporary arrangements or diversions for approval as soon possible after the date of the Letter of Acceptance.

(iv) The colour, configuration, size and location of all traffic signs shall be in accordance with the code of practice for road sign. In the absence of any detail or for any missing details, the signs shall be provided as directed by the Engineer (CSC).

(v) The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide, erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking, flags, lights and flagmen as may be required by the Engineer for the formation and protection of traffic approaching or passing through the section of the road under improvement. Before taking up any construction, an agreed phased programme for the diversion of traffic or closer of traffic on the road shall be drawn up in consultation with the SE.

(vi) At the points where traffic is to deviate form its normal path (whether on temporary diversion or part width of the Carriageway) the lane width path for traffic shall be clearly marked with the aid of pavement markings, painted drums or a similar device to the directions of the SE. At night, the passage shall be delineated with lanterns or other suitable light source.

(vii) One-way traffic operation shall be established whenever the traffic is to be passed over part of the carriageway inadequate for two-lane traffic. This shall be done with the help of temporary traffic signals or flagmen kept positioned on opposite sides during all hours. For regulation of traffic, the flagmen shall be equipped with red and green flags and lanterns/lights.

(viii) On both sides, suitable regulatory / warnings signs as approved by the SE shall be installed for the guidance of road users. On each approach, at least two signs shall be put up, one close to the point where transition of carriageway begins and the other 120 m away. The signs shall be of design and of reflectory type, if so directed by SE.

(ix) Upon completion of the works for which the temporary traffic arrangements or diversions have been made, the Contractor shall remove all temporary installations and signs and reinstate all affected roads and other structures or installations to the conditions that existed before the work started, as directed by the Engineer.

2. MAINTENACE OF DIVERSIONS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES

51

Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices, as well as the riding surface of diversion shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition till such time they are required as directed by the SE. The temporary traveled way shall be kept free of dust by frequent applications of water, if necessary.

Examples of some good practice in traffic control safety during construction

Figure-1 : Diversion of Traffic on Half of the Road Width (Say Left)

52

Figure : 2

53

SIGN LAYOUT FOR LANE CLOSURE (Drawn for Driving on Left)

Figure : 3

54

List of Traffic safety Signs/Equipment (Guideline)

Length of work zone considered

Minimum quantity to be procured Sl.

No. Signs

No. of Signs

Length in (m)No. of Signs

Length in (m)

1 Barricading 130 500 2600 10000 2 Men at work 5 500 100 10000 3 Keep Left 11 500 220 10000 4 Go slow 8 500 160 10000 5 Flag men 3 500 10 10000 6 Narrow signs 4 500 80 10000 7 Lantern(Amber

Blinker) 4 500 80 10000

8 Traffic control Lights 2 Sets 10000 9 Cones 15 500 300 10000

Note:

Safety jackets and helmets should be provided to all the workers/ Engineers working on the road.

Fixed mobile solid barricades must be placed between the workmen and traffic or pedestrian and traffic.

All the safety signs should be according to IRC: 67 and IRC: SP: 55: 2001

55

APPENDIX – 15: GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION WATER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Dos and Don’ts for the contractor

There are a number of dos and don’ts for the contractor as provided below

Contractor’s vehicles shall not be allowed to wash in the river or stream. This is to avoid potential pollution from oil residues.

Contractors shall not use water from the community drinking water sources such as;

Public water supply schemes

Community spring water sources

Community hand pumps

Community bore wells / shallow tube wells

Location of the streams from which the Community takes drinking water

Contractor shall obtain all legal approvals and clearances from the concerned departments.

Contractor shall consult the local communities where the water source has been identified.

If the source is a spring – check discharge, dependency in consultation with local communities.

If the source is river/stream- discharge data for the past several years need to be analyzed, whether source is perennial, or non-perennial, any irrigation scheme is running over it or not, if IPH* department is using it, or local people are using it or not. NOC* from all concerned authorities will be required.

If the source is Major River - In addition to the local permission, Contractor may require obtaining written permission from State level authorities at Bangalore.

If the sources is groundwater (a hand pump/bore well or open deep well)- then its chemical composition and water related tests are required to be obtained from the competent authority and an NOC* is obtained from the competent authority.

Post Construction Stage

Once the Contractor finishes his job, this can be handed over to the local panchayath or for local communities. The possible alternate uses of this structure would be

Local communities of this area can use the same source to meet their water needs

If road passes through a plain water scarcity prone area and if no nearby water source has been identified, transportation is uneconomic, then contractor should go for Underground water option. If it is feasible and will not lead to a serious depletion of the ground water.

*IPH = Irrigation and Public Health Department. *NOC = No Objection Certificate.

56

APPENDIX – 16: ENVIRONMENT FRIENDLY CONSTRUCTION METHODOLOGY:

The contractor shall be deemed to have acquainted himself with the requirements of all the current statutes, ordinances, by laws, rules and regulations or their instruments having the force of law including without limitation those relating to protection of the environment, health and safety, important of labour, demolition of houses, protection of environment and procurement, transportation, storage and use of explosives etc.

3. PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT:

i) The contractor will take all necessary measures and precautions and ensure that the execution of the works and all associated operations on site or offsite are carried out in conformity with statutory and regulatory environmental requirements including those prescribed in EMP.

ii) The Contractor will take all measures and precautions to avoid any nuisance or disturbance to inhabitants arising from the execution of works.

iii) All liquid waste products arising on the sites will be collected and disposed of at a location on or off the sites and in a manner that will not cause either nuisance or pollution.

iv) The contractor will at all time ensure that all existing water courses and drains within and adjacent to the site are kept safe and free from any contamination.

v) The contractor will submit details of his temporary drainage work system (including all surface channels, sediment traps, washbasins and discharge pits) to the CSC and CMU for approval prior to commencing work on its construction.

vi) The contractor will arrange all the equipment in good condition to minimize dust, gaseous or other air-borne emissions and carry out the works in such a manner as to minimize adverse impact on air.

vii) Any vehicle with an open load-carrying area used for transporting potentially dust-producing material will have properly fitted side and tailboards. Materials having the potential to produce dust will not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and will be covered with a clean tarpaulin in good condition.

viii) The contractor will take all necessary measures to ensure that the operation of all mechanical equipment and condition processes on and off the site will not cause any unnecessary or excessive noise, taking into account applicable environmental requirements.

ix) The contractor will take necessary measures to maintain all plant and equipment in good condition.

x) Where the execution of the works requires single –lane operation on public road the contractor will provide and maintain temporary traffic diversions subject to the approval of the CSC.

xi) Where the execution of the works requires single-line operation on public road the contractor will provide and maintain all necessary barriers, warning signs and traffic control signals to the satisfaction of the CSC.

xii) Wherever traffic diversions, warning signs, traffic control signals and barriers are required, the contractor will install them to the satisfaction of CSC prior to commencing the work, in that area.

57

xiii) Contractor shall install asphalt plants and other machineries away from the populated areas as per laid down regulations.

xiv) Permit for felling of trees will be obtained from the forest department before the execution of any work.

xv) Trees and plants going to be uprooted will be duly compensated and maintained up to 3 years.

xvi) Mist sprays should be provided at appropriate places for preventing dust pollution during handling and stockpiling of stones and loose earth.

xvii) Overburden waste dumps shall be sprayed with water, as they are the major source of air borne particulate matter.

xviii) Overburden waste dumps shall be reclaimed / afforested to bind the loose soil and to prevent soil erosion. The frequency of sprinkling should be fixed as per the seasonal requirement and in consultation with engineer.

xix) Regular water spraying on haulage roads during transportation of construction materials by water sprinklers. The frequency of sprinkling should be fixed as per the seasonal requirements in consultation with engineer.

xx) Transfer point for transporting construction material shall be provided with appropriate hoods/ chutes to prevent dust emissions.

xxi) Dumping of construction material should be from an optimum height (preferably not too high), So as to reduce the dust blow.

xxii) Innovative approaches of using improved machinery designs, with in-built mechanism to operator’s cabin.

xxiii) Procurement of drillers, loaders, dumpers and other equipment with noise proof system in operator’s cabin.

xxiv) Confining the equipment with heavy noise emissions in soundproof cabins, so that noise is not transmitted to other areas.

xxv) Regular and proper maintenance of noise generating machinery including the transport vehicles to maintain noise levels.

xxvi) Provisions should be made for noise absorbing pads at foundations of vibrating equipments to reduce noise emissions.

QUARRY OPERATIONS

The Contractor shall obtain materials from quarries only after the consent of the Forest Department or other concerned authorities and in consultation with the Engineer. The quarry operations shall be undertaken within the purview of the rules and regulations in force. PREVENTION OF WATER COURSES FROM SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION SILTATION

The Contractor shall apply following mitigation measures to prevent sedimentation and pollution of watercourses.

To prevent increased siltation, if need be existing bridges maybe widened downstream side of the water body;

Cement and coal ash should be stacked together, fenced by bricks or earth wall, and kept away from water, to prevent leachate formation and contamination of surface and ground water;

If need be, slope of the embankments leading to water bodies should be modified and re channelized to prevent entry of contaminations into the water body;

58

During construction silt fencing (consists of geo-textile with extremely small size supported by wire-mish mounted on a panel made up angle frame) could be used along the road at all canals and rivers to prevent sediments from the construction site to enter into the watercourses.

POLLUTION FROM HOT-MIX PLANTS AND BATCHING PLANTS

Plants and concrete batching plants shall be located sufficiently away from habitation, agricultural operations. The Contractor shall take every precaution to reduce the levels of noise, vibration, dust and emissions from his bituminous hot-mix plants and shall be fully responsible for any claims for damages caused to the property, fields and residents in the vicinity.

HEALTH AND SAFETY

The Contractor shall take all measures and precautions necessary to ensure the health, safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on the site. Such precautions shall include those that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are reasonable to prevent unauthorized entry upon the site and to protect members of the public from any activities under the control of the Contractor. The Contractor’s responsibilities shall include but not be limited to:

(x) The provision and maintenance of the Contractor’s Equipment in a safe

working condition and the adoption of methods of work that are safe and without risks to the health of any person entitled to be on the site.

(xi) The execution of suitable arrangements for ensuring safety and absence of

risks to health in connection with the use, handling, storage, transport and disposal of articles and substances,

(xii) The provision of lighting, including standby facilities in the event of failure that,

in the opinion of the Engineer, is adequate to ensure the safe execution of any works that are to be carried out at right.

(xiii) The provision of protective clothing and safety equipment, with such

personnel and equipment and such information, instruction, training and supervision as the necessary to ensure the health and safety at work of all persons employed on or entering on the site in connection with the works, including the Engineer’s supervisory staff, all in accordance with the laws.

(xiv) Near towns, villages and all frequented places, trenches and foundation pits

shall be securely fenced provided with proper caution signs and marked with lights at night to avoid accidents. Contractor shall take adequate protective measures to see that the excavation operations do no affect or damage adjoining structures.

(xv) The Contractor shall not use or generate any materials in the works, which

are hazardous to the health of persons, animals or vegetation. Where it is necessary to use some substances, which can cause injury to the health or workers, the Contractor shall provide protective clothing or appliances to his workers.

(xvi) The Contractor will take all measures necessary to safeguard the health;

safety and welfare of all persons entitled to be on site and will ensure that works are carried out in a safe and efficient manner.

(xvii) The Contractor will provide, and ensure the utilization of appropriate safety

equipment for all workmen and staff employed directly or indirectly by the

59

Contractor. Such safety equipment will include but not be limited to the safety harnesses, safety equipment for working over water, rescue equipment, fire extinguishers and first-aid equipment. The personnel working at vulnerable locations at site will wear safety helmets and strong footwear.

(xviii) The Contractor will provide an adequate number of latrines and other

arrangements at areas of the site where work is in progress and ensure that they are regularly cleaned and maintained in a hygienic condition.

FIRST AID

(xix) The provision and maintenance of suitably equipped and staffed first aid

stations throughout the extent of the works to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Contractor shall allow in his prices and the responsible for the costs of all such site welfare arrangements and requirements.

(xx) Injuries might occur during the construction period. It is therefore pertinent to

provide first aid facilities for all the construction workers. At construction camps and at all workplaces first aid equipment and nursing staff must be provided. Since many of the workplaces may be far away form regular hospitals, an indoor health unit having one bed facility every 250 workers needs to be provided.

(xxi) Adequate transport facilities for moving the injured persons to the nearest

hospital must also be provided in ready to move condition.

(xxii) The first-aid units apart form an adequate supply of sterilized dressing material should contain other necessary appliances as per the factory rules.

MAINTENANCE

(xxiii) All buildings, rooms and equipment and the grounds surrounding them shall

be maintained in a clean and operable condition and be protected form rubbish accumulation.

(xxiv) Each structure made available for occupancy shall be of sound construction,

shall assure adequate protection against weather, and shall include essential facilities to permit maintenance in a clean and operable condition. Adequate heating, lighting, ventilation or insulation when necessary to reduce excessive heat shall provide for comfort and safety of occupants.

(xxv) Each structure made available for occupancy shall comply with the

requirements of the Uniform Building Code. This shall not apply to tent campus.

60

APPENDIX – 17: BORROW AREAS MANAGEMENT

Borrow areas will be finalized as identified by Contractor as agreed by the CSC and KSHIP as per the requirements of the contract. Agreement is not reached between the Contractor and landowners for the identified borrow areas sites. In such cases arrangement for locating the source of supply of material for embankment and sub-grade as well as compliance to environment requirements in respect of excavation and borrow areas as stipulated from time to time by the Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India, and local bodies, as applicable shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor in addition to the established practices, rules and regulation will also consider following criteria before finalizing the locations.

1) The borrow area should not be located in agriculture field unless unavoidable i.e. barren land is not available.

2) The borrow pits should not be located along the roads.

3) The loss of productive and agricultural land should be minimum.

4) The loss of vegetation is almost nil or minimum.

5) Sufficient quality of soil is available.

6) The Contractor will ensure the availability of suitable earth.

The Contractor shall obtain representative samples form each of the identified borrow areas and have these tested at the site laboratory following a testing programme as approved by the concerned Engineer. It shall be ensured that the fill material compacted to the required density

The Contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer for approval at least 7 working days before commencement of compaction

The values of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content obtained in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 7) or (Part 8), as the case may be, appropriate for each of the fill materials he intends to use.

A graph of density plotted against content from which, each of the values in (i) above of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content are determined.

The Dry density-moisture content – CBR relationships for light, intermediate and heavy compactive efforts (light corresponding to IS: 2720 (Part-7), heavy corresponding to IS: 2420 (Part-8) and intermediate in between the two) for each of the fill material be intends to use in the sub-grade.

After identification of borrow areas based on guidelines. Contractor will fill reporting format Annexure-III and submit the same for approval of the “Engineer”.

After receiving the approval Contractor will begin operations keeping in mind following;

1) Haulage of material to the areas of fill shall proceed only when sufficient spreading and compaction plants is operating at the place of deposition.

2) No excavated acceptable material other than surplus to requirements of the Contract shall be removed from the site. Contractor should be permitted to remove acceptable material form the site to suit his operational procedure, then be shall make good any consequent deficit of material arising there from.

61

3) Where the excavation reveals a combination of acceptable and un-acceptable materials, the Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, carryout the excavation in such a manner that the acceptable materials are excavated separately for use in the permanent works without contamination by the un-acceptable materials. The acceptable material shall be stockpiled separately.

4) The Contractor shall ensure that he does not adversely affect the stability of excavation or fills by the methods of stockpiling materials, use of plants or siting of temporary buildings or structures.

Borrow Areas located in Agricultural Lands

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile.

(ii) A 15 cm topsoil will be stripped off from the borrow pit and this will be stored in stockpiles in a designated area for height not exceeding 2m and side slopes not steeper than 1:2 (Vertical: Horizontal).

(iii) Borrowing of earth will be carried out up to a depth of 1.5m from the existing ground level.

(iv) Borrowing of earth will not be done continuously through out the stretch.

(v) Ridges of not less than 8m widths will be left at intervals not exceeding 300m.

(vi) Small drains will be cut through the ridges, if necessary, to facilitate drainage.

(vii) The slope of the edges will be maintained not steeper then 1:4 (Vertical: Horizontal).

Borrow Areas located in Agriculture Land in un-avoidable Circumstances:

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile.


(iii) The depth of borrow pits will not be more than 30 cm after stripping the 15 cm topsoil aside.

Borrow Areas located on Elevated Lands

(i) The preservation of topsoil will be carried out in stockpile


(iii) At location where private owners desire their fields to be leveled, the borrowing shall be done to a depth of not more than 1.5m or up to the level of surrounding fields.

Borrow Areas near Riverside



62

(iii) Borrow area near to any surface water body will be at least at a distance of 15m from the toe of the bank or high flood level, whichever is maximum.

Borrow Areas near Settlements



(iii) Borrow pit location will be located at least 0.75 km from villages and settlements. If un-avoidable, the pit will not be dug for more then 30 cm and drains will be cut to facilitate drainage.

(iv) Borrow pits located in such location will be re-developed immediately after borrowing is completed. If spoils are dumped, that will be covered with a layers of stockpiled topsoil in accordance with compliance requirements with respect MOEF/PPCB guidelines.

Borrow Pits along the Road



(iii) Borrow pits along the road shall be discouraged.

(iv) It permitted by the Engineer; these shall not be dug continuously.

(v) Ridges of not less than 8m widths should be left at intervals not exceeding 300m.

(vi) Small drains shall be cut through the ridges of facilitate drainage.

(vii) The depth of the pits shall be so regulated that there bottom does not cut an imaginary line having a slope of 1 vertical to 4 horizontal projected from the edge of the final section of bank, the maximum depth of any case being limited to 1.5m.

(viii) Also, no pit shall be dug within the offset width from the toe of the embankment required as per the consideration of stability with a minimum width of 10m.

List of borrow areas along the proposed road.

Sl No


SUBPROJECT - 57A


10+500


14+600


20+800


33+900

SUBPROJECT – 57B

63

Sl No



14+300


27+700

SUBPROJECT – 57C


2+800


18+800

Re-development of Borrow Areas

The objective of the rehabilitation programme is to return the borrow pit sites to a safe and secure area, which the general public should be able to safely enter and enjoy. Securing borrow pits in a stable condition is fundamental requirement of the rehabilitation process. This could be achieved by filling the borrow pit approximately to the road level.

Re-development plan will be prepared by the Contractor before the start of work inline with the owner’s will and to the satisfaction of owner.

The Borrow Areas will be rehabilitated as follows;

Borrow pits will be backfilled with rejected construction wastes (unserviceable materials) compacted and will be given a turfing or vegetative cover on the surface. If this is not possible, then excavation slope should be smoothened and depression is filled in such a way that it looks more or less like the original ground surface.

Borrow areas might be used for aquaculture in case landowner wants such development. In that case, such borrow area will be photographed after their post-use restoration and Environment Expert of Supervision Consultant will certify the post-use redevelopment.

The Contractor will keep record of photographs of various stages i.e. before using materials form the location (pre-project), for the period borrowing activities (Construction Phase) and after rehabilitation (post development), to ascertain the pre and post borrowing status of the area.

64

APPENDIX - 18: SOIL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL

Prior to the start of the relevant construction, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval, his schedules for carrying out temporary and permanent erosion/sedimentation control works as are applicable for the items of clearing and grubbing, road way and drainage excavation, embankment/sub-grade construction, bridges and other structures across water courses, pavement courses and shoulders. He shall also submit for approval his proposed method of erosion/sedimentation control on service road and borrow pits and his plan for disposal of waste materials. Work shall not be started until the erosion/sedimentation control schedules are prepared and the Engineer has approved methods of operations for the applicable construction.

The surface area of erodible earth material exposed by clearing and grubbing, borrow and fill operations shall be limited to the extent practicable. The Contractor may be directed to provide immediate control measures to prevent soil erosion and sedimentation that will adversely affect construction operations, damage adjacent properties, or cause contamination of nearby streams or other watercourses. Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes sediment basins, slope drains and use of temporary mulches, fabrics, mats, seedling, or other control devices or methods as necessary to control erosion and sedimentation.

The Contractor shall be required to incorporate all permanent erosion and sedimentation control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his accepted schedule to minimize the need for temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures.

Temporary erosion/sedimentation and pollution control measures will be used to control the phenomenon of erosion, sedimentation and pollution that may develop during normal construction practices, but may neither be foreseen during design stage for associated with permanent control features on the Project.

Where erosion or sedimentation is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be so scheduled and performed that grading operations and permanent erosion or sedimentation control features can follow immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit; otherwise temporary erosion or sedimentation control measures may be required between successive construction stages. Under no conditions shall a large surface area of credible earth material be exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing or excavation without prior approval of the Engineer.

The Engineer may limit the area of excavation, borrow and embankment operations in progress, commensurate with the Contractor’s capability and progress in keeping the finish grading, mulching, seedling and other such permanent erosion, sedimentation and pollution control measures, in accordance with the accepted schedule.

Temporary erosion is sometimes caused due to the Contractor’s negligence, carelessness or failure to install permanent controls. Sedimentation and pollution control measures then become necessary as a part of the work as scheduled or ordered by the Engineer, and these shall be carried out at the Contractor’s own expense. Temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control work required, which is not attributed to the Contractor’s negligence, carelessness or failure to install permanent controls, will be performed as ordered by the Engineer.

Temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control may include construction work outside the right of way where such work is necessary as a result of road construction such as borrow pit operations, service roads and equipment storage sites.

65

The temporary erosion, sedimentation and pollution control features installed by the Contractor shall be maintained by him till these are needed, unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer.

66

APPENDIX - 19: LOCATING QUARRIES, REHABILITATING QUARRIES AND GUIDELINES FOR STONE CRUSHERS

Locating Quarries

The Contractor will finalize the locations in consultation with CSC and KSHIP. The Contractor shall establish a new quarry with the prior consent of the CSC only in cases when

i) Lead from existing quarries is uneconomical and

ii) Alternative material sources are not available.

The Contractor shall prepare a redevelopment plan for the quarry site and get approved by the CSC.

The construction schedule and operation plans to be submitted to the CSC prior to commencement of work shall contain a detailed work plan for procuring materials that includes procurement, transportation and storage of quarry materials.

Operation & redevelopment plan (if a new quarry is opened)

Photograph of the quarry site prior to commencement

The quarry boundaries as well as location of the material deposits, working equipments, stockpiling, access roads and final shape of the pit.

Drainage and erosion control measures at site.

Safety measures during quarry operation.

Design for redevelopment of exhaust site.

Option-A: Revegetating the quarry to merge with surrounding landscape: This is done by conserving and reapplying the topsoil for the vegetative growth.

Option-B: Developing exhausted quarries as water bodies: The pit shall be reshaped and developed into pond, for harvesting rainwater. This option shall only be considered where the location of quarry is at the lowest point, i.e. surrounding areas/ natural drainage slopes towards it.

Construction stage:

Development of site:

To minimize the adverse impact during excavation of material following measures are need to be undertaken

i) Adequate drainage system shall be provided to prevent the flooding of the excavated area

ii) At the stockpiling locations, the Contractor shall construct sediment barriers to prevent the erosion of excavated material due to runoff

iii) Construction of offices, laboratory, workshop and rest places shall be done in the up-wind of the plant to minimize the adverse impact due to dust and noise.

67

iv) The access road to the plant shall be constructed taking into consideration location of units and also slope of the ground to regulate the vehicle movement within the plant.

v) In case of storage of blasting materials, all precautions shall be taken as per The Explosive Rules, 1983.

Quarry operations including safety:

i) Overburden shall be removed and disposed inline with Guidelines of Disposal Management.

ii) During excavation, slopes shall be flatter than 20 degrees to prevent their sliding. In cases where quarry strata are good and where chances of sliding are less this restriction can be ignored.

iii) In case of blasting, procedure and safety measures shall be taken as per The Explosive Rules, 1983.

iv) The Contractor shall ensure that all workers related safety measures shall be done as per guidelines for workers and Safety attached as Annexure-8

v) The contractor shall ensure maintenance of crushers regularly as per manufacture’s recommendation.

Topsoil will be excavated and preserved during transportation of the materials measures shall be taken to minimize the generation of dust and prevent accidents.

The PIU and the CSC shall review the quarry site for the management measures during quarry operation, including the compliance to pollution norms.

Post construction stage:

The Contractor shall restore all haul roads constructed for transporting the material from the quarries to construction site to their original state.

The PIU and the CSC shall be entrusted the responsibility of reviewing the quarry site for the progress of implementation of Redevelopment plan. These shall include the following two cases;

Redevelopment of quarries opened by the contractor for the project

Redevelopment of existing quarries operated by other agencies

In the first case, the Contractor shall be responsible for the Redevelopment plan prior to completion after five years, during the defect liability period. The CSC and PIU shall be responsible for reviewing this case of redevelopment prior to the issuing the defect liability certificate.

In the second case, the redevelopment of exhaust quarry shall be the responsibility of the agency providing the permit to ensure the implementation of Redevelopment Plan.

Geological and Geomorphologic considerations:

i) No mining shall be allowed where the slope angles are more than 45 degree from horizontal and in case of mid slope mining, the foot wall should be of hard strata.

68

ii) No mining lease shall be granted where the ore to overburden ratio is not economical i.e. 1:0.2 that is the waste generation should not be more than 20%

iii) Proper appraisal of the deposit for its qualitative and quantitative assessment shall be made in the form of Geological and topographical plans.

Technical consideration:

i) The area should not be highly jointed, fractured on consisting of weak planes.

ii) Relation of slope angle to angle of repose should be within mining parameters where 6x6 m benches by keeping overall angle of repose as 45degree can be made.

iii) No mining shall be allowed where subsidence of rocks is likely due to steep angle of slope.

iv) No overhangs shall be allowed to be formed during the course of mining.

v) The gradient of approach roads shall be gentle with hill-ward slope, side drains and parapet walls. Adequate number of waiting and crossing points shall be provided for safe plying of vehicles.

vi) No blasting shall be resorted to without taking proper license under Explosive Act.

General conditions:

i) Mining site shall only be handed over to the leaseholder, after it is duly demarcated by permanent boundary pillars and certified by concerned mining officer.

ii) Junction at take off point of approach road with main road shall be developed with proper width and geometric required for safe movement of traffic by crusher owner at his own cost in consultation with Executive Engineer, KPWD.

iii) No leaseholder shall store/ stack any material in the acquired width of PWD road without the specific permission of the competent authority.

iv) In addition to above the mining operation shall be subjected to provisions of various Acts and Rules in force.

v) Dumping of waste shall be done in earmarked places as per the working plans.

Table: Parameters for new stone crushers to be set up in future

Sl. No. Parameters Distance i Minimum distance from NH/SH 150m ii Minimum distance from link roads / other District roads 75m iii Minimum distance from District Head - Quarters 1.5 km iv Minimum distance from town / Notified area by the committee 1 km v Minimum distance from village 500 m vi Minimum distance from Hospital/Education Institution 1 km vii Minimum distance from Natural water springs 500 m viii Minimum distance from Notified parks 2 km ix Minimum distance from Sanctuaries 1 km x Minimum distance from Bridge sites 200 m Upstream xi Minimum distance from Notified Lakes and Wetlands 300 m

69

APPENDIX - 20: STORAGE, HANDLING, USE AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE FOR HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS

A1. Refueling / Maintenance procedure

Truck or suitable containers will bring in all fuel and fluids. There will be no storage of fuel, oil or fluids within 100M (or 50M) of the permanent water line.

Prior to re-fueling or maintenance, drip pans and containment pans will be placed under the equipment. Absorbent blankets may also be required to be placed under the equipment and hoses where there is a possibility of spillage to occur.

All used oils or fluids will be properly contained and transported to appropriately licensed (authorized) disposal facilities;

Following re-fueling and maintenance, the absorbent blankets (if any) and spill pans will be picked up and the fuel truck or container moved outside of the 100m (or 50m) wide area.

Emergency spill procedure

Should a spill occur, trough spillage or equipment failure, the applicable emergency spill procedure outlined in sections A-2 to A-4 must follow.

A2. Spill Procedure (inside the stream)

In the case of a spill, overflow or release of fluid into the stream waterway (whether water is flowing during the spill or not), do what is practical and safely possible to control the situation, then get help.

Stop the flow

o Stop the release into the stream waterway

o Shutdown equipment

o Close valves and pumps

o Plug hoses

Remove Ignition sources

Shut off vehicles and other engines

Do not allow tiger torches, vehicles, smoking or other sources of ignition near the area. Keep a fire extinguisher on hand but keep it a safe distance away from the potential ignition source (if a fire starts, the extinguisher must be easily accessible)

Contact the environmental officer and initiate emergency response

o Notify the site supervisor and the Contractor’s Environmental Officer as soon as possible

o The Environmental Officer will review the situation and decide if Emergency services like Fire Brigade are required

o Appropriate parties to be notified of the spill are

70

The contractor’s Project Manager

The Engineer through his designated Environmental Officer

The Client

Regulatory Agencies like Pollution Control Board, Municipal Authorities, as applicable.

Site safety Officer

Cleanup and Disposal

Emergency Services will be engaged for the containment, cleanup and disposal of contamination release into the environment.

Reporting

The Contractor’s Environmental Officer will document the event and submit repots to the Engineer, the client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution Control Board(s).

Procedure Review

The Engineer will review the report, determine if changes are required to procedures and recommended implementation of all required changes …

A3. Spill procedure (on land)

In the case of a spill, overflow or release fluid onto land, do what is practical and safety possible to control the situation and then get help.

Stop the flow

Stop the release into the water body

Shut down equipment

Close valves and pumps

Plug hoses

Remove Ignition sources

Shut off vehicles and other engines

Do not allow tiger torches, vehicles, smoking or other sources of ignition near the area. Keep a fire extinguisher on hand but keep it a safe distance away from the potential ignition sources (if a fire starts the extinguisher must be easily accessible).

Contain the Spill

Dike around the spill to contain the material

Spread absorbent or place a spill blanket on the spill

Enlist the help of personnel on site

Notify your supervisor as soon as possible

Notification

71

Appropriate parties to be notified of the spill are

The Contractor’s Project Manager

The Engineer through his designated Environmental officer

The Client

Regulatory Agencies like Pollution control Board, Municipal Authorities, as applicable

Site Safety coordinator

Cleanup and Disposal

The Engineer’s Environmental officer will ensure that a proper cleanup and disposal method is determined. Absorbent pads will soak up the spilled material. The pads will be contained and removed from site for disposal at a licensed (authorized) facility.

Reporting

The Contractor’s Environmental Officer will document the event and submit reports to the Engineer, the Client and appropriate regulatory agencies like the Pollution control Board(s)

Procedure Review

The Engineer will review the report, determine if changes are required to procedures and recommend implementation of all required changes.

72

APPENDIX – 21: SELECTION AND MANAGEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION CAMP

1. Selection and layout of construction camp

The construction camps for labour, accommodation, offices and construction plant sites shall be identified based on the following guidelines. The construction site shall be located

At a minimum distance of 1km away from any major settlement or village.

At a minimum distance of 300m of any major surface water course or body

If this is not possible the base camps should be located away from the settlements with the following precautions

Base camp should be enclosed with boundary wall.

Movement of the workers should be registered during the nighttime.

There should not be any disturbance to the local community.

Operation of the plant and machinery should be restricted to 6 am to 10 am

Care should be taken while starting and moving the heavy vehicles, there is a possibility that children of near settlement may be playing with machinery parked outside the camps.

2. Facilities at workers camps

During the construction stage of the project, the construction contractor will construct and maintain necessary (temporary) living accommodation and ancillary facilities for labour. It will be ensured that all the temporary accommodation will be provided with uncontaminated water for drinking, cooking and washing. Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided, and kept in clean and drained condition. Construction camps will be sited away from vulnerable people and adequate health care will be provided for the work force.

General requirements include availability of:

Potable water supply in quantity and quality,

Requirement of power supply for heating as well as for cooking. Firewood shall not be used for cooking and heating purposes. Contractor must provide LPG gas / Kerosene for the construction camps.

Safe access road is required at camps

Waste (all kind of solid and liquid wastes) generated need to be disposed off smoothly.

2.1 Sanitation Facilities: Construction camps shall be provided with sanitary latrines and urinals. Closed drainage systems and the proper treatment systems according to the local conditions should be constructed for the proper flow and effective treatment. The sewage system built for the camp will be operated properly to avoid health hazard, ground water and soil pollution. Compost pits will be constructed for the disposal of the garbage and other biodegradable wastes generated from the camps. Proper collection, transportation and disposal of the wastes will be ensured.

3. Shelter at work place:

At such work places where the duration of the works will prevail for more than one month some form of shelters will be provided for meals, resting, change of clothes and for keeping the tools of the work and personal protective equipment. The height of shelter shall not less

73

than 3m from floor level to lowest part of the roof. Sheds shall be kept clean and the space provided shall be on the basis of at least 1.0 Sq.m per head.

4. Canteen Facilities:

A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of workers wherever it is considered necessary. All the wastes generated from the canteen will be treated / disposed of as detailed in the other sections of the waste disposal.

5. Health care Facilities:

Health problems of the workers should be taken care of by providing basic health care facilities through a health centre set up at the construction camps. The health centre will have at least a doctor (part time), nurses, duty staff, medicines and minimum medical facilities to tackle first-aid requirements for minor accidental cases. Some arrangements will be made with the nearest hospital to refer patients of major illnesses or critical cases.

The health centre will carryout quarterly awareness programme of HIV – AIDS with the help of AIDS control society. Posters will be exhibited in the health care clinic.

6. Day crèche facilities

At construction sites where women with very young children are employed, provision of a day crèche shall be provided. At construction sites where 20 or more women are ordinarily employed, a hut for children under the age of 6 years shall be provided.

For ensuring the implementation of effective pollution control measures at the construction base camps and construction plant sites, redevelopment/ closure plans for the closure of these sites will be made part of the EMP of the construction contract.

7. Construction workers Camp

In all over India, road construction works are in peak stage. With several local / regional/ national and international contractors in place, the road construction work recently started showing seriousness towards this issue. The contractor recently started providing required legal and contractual facilities for the unskilled labour, hired from the local villages or are brought to the place of work from outside the State.

Even now the Contractor camps and other facilities are set up in worst conditions even when the contract documents are clearly specifying the required standards. The associated issues are as follows.

Forest resources could be encroached up on in all possible ways by the labour force.

Unauthorized tree felling to get fuel-wood both for cooking as well as heating even when alternative fuel is made available,

Poaching of edible animals and birds of the locality in spite of prohibition,

Poor sanitation arrangement and improper methods used for disposal of solid wastes and effluent,

Indigenous people getting invaded by imported construction labour-force, due to lack of discipline,

Transmission of communicable diseases to the local people by the construction workers due to inappropriate health monitoring facilities, and

74

Creating hazardous traffic flow at construction site due to lack of concern about the local needs and provision for pedestrian

No Contractor’s Establishments zones

Contractor shall not establish any construction camp, crushers, hot mix plant and WWM plant in the identified locations (No Contractor’s Establishment Zone). These locations will be treated as eco-sensitive.

No construction campsite areas also include settlement areas provided below. These are the major settlements along the corridor. Campsites should be a minimum of 500m away from settlements

Table: Major settlements along the project corridor

Name of village / Town Remarks

SUBPROJECT – 57A Gubbi Rural

Halegubbi Rural

Chikkonahalli Rural

Lingammanahalli Rural

Kunnala Rural

Hindisgere Rural

Chandrashekarapura Rural

Doddamadure Rural

Beeragonahalli Rural

SUBPROJECT – 57B

Yediyur Rural

Amruthur Rural

Hosakere Rural

Jinnagara Rural

Sanaba Rural

Yadavanne Rural

Kowdley Rural

SUBPROJECT – 57C

D. Malligere Rural

Hosagavi Rural

Hallegere Rural

Chikkaballi Rural

Keregodu Rural

S.I.Kodihalli Rural

Hulivana Rural

Honaganahalli Rural

Kommerahalli Rural

Sathanur Rural

Mandya Urban

75

APPENDIX – 22: MATERIAL DATA SHEET – BITUMEN

76

77